Old_Test.
(Menu)
Genesis
Exodus
Leviticus
Numbers
Deuteronomy

Joshua
Judges
Ruth
1Samuel
2Samuel
1Kings
2Kings
1Chronicles
2Chronicles
Ezra
Nehemiah
Esther

Psalms
Proverbs
Job
Ecclesiastes
Song

Isaiah
Jeremiah
Baruch
Ezekiel
Daniel
Hosea
Joel
Amos
Obadiah
Jonah
Micah
Nahum
Habbakuk
Zephaniah
Haggai
Zechariah
Malachi

Tobit
Judith
1Maccabees
2Maccabees
Sirach
Wisdom
New_Test.
(Menu)
Matthew
Mark
Luke
John
Acts

Romans
1 Corinthians
2 Corinthians
Galatians
Ephesians
Colossians
1 Thessalonians
2 Thessalonians
Philemon
1 Timothy
2 Timothy
Titus

Hebrews
James
1 Peter
2 Peter
1-3John
Jude
Revelation

Ἡ Καινὴ Διαθήκη

Josephus
(Menu)
Who was Josephus?
Maps, Graphics
Highlights
Translation

THE JEWISH WAR
War, Volume 1
War, Volume 2
War, Volume 3
War, Volume 4
War, Volume 5
War, Volume 6
War, Volume 7

THE ANTIQUITIES
Ant. Jud., Bk 1
Ant. Jud., Bk 2
Ant. Jud., Bk 3
Ant. Jud., Bk 4
Ant. Jud., Bk 5
Ant. Jud., Bk 6
Ant. Jud., Bk 7
Ant. Jud., Bk 8
Ant. Jud., Bk 9
Ant. Jud., Bk 10
Ant. Jud., Bk 11
Ant. Jud., Bk 12
Ant. Jud., Bk 13
Ant. Jud., Bk 14
Ant. Jud., Bk 15
Ant. Jud., Bk 16
Ant. Jud., Bk 17
Ant. Jud., Bk 18
Ant. Jud., Bk 19
Ant. Jud., Bk 20

OTHER WRITINGS
Apion, Bk 1
Apion, Bk 2
Autobiog.


Apocrypha
(Menu)
Introduction

Gospel of--
-- Nicodemus
-- Peter
-- Ps-Matthew
-- James (Protevangelium)
-- Thomas (Infancy)
-- Thomas (Gnostic)
-- Joseph of Arimathea
-- Joseph_Carpenter
Pilate's Letter
Pilate's End

Apocalypse of --
-- Ezra
-- Moses
-- Paul
-- Pseudo-John
-- Moses
-- Enoch

Various
Clementine Homilies
Clementine Letters
Clementine Recognitions
Dormition of Mary
Book of Jubilees
Life of Adam and Eve
Odes of Solomon
Pistis Sophia
Secrets of Enoch
Tests_12_Patriarchs
Veronica's Veil
Vision of Paul
Vision of Shadrach

Acts of
Andrew
Andrew & Matthias
Andrew & Peter
Barnabas
Bartholomew
John
Matthew
Paul & Perpetua
Paul & Thecla
Peter & Paul
Andrew and Peter
Barnabas
Philip
Pilate
Thaddaeus
Thomas in India

Daily Word 2019

SEASONS of:
Advent
Christmastide
Lent
Eastertide

SUNDAYS, Year A
Sundays, 1-34, A
SUNDAYS, Year B
Sundays, 1-34, B
SUNDAYS, Year C
Sundays, 1-34, C

WEEKDAYS
(Ordinary Time)
Weeks 1-11 (Year 1)
Weeks 1-11 (Year 2)

Wks 12-22 (Year 1)
Wks 12-22 (Year 2)

Wks 23-34 (Year 1)
Wks 23-34 (Year 2)

OTHER
Solemnities
Baptisms
Weddings
Funerals
Saints Days

Patristic
(Menu)


Clement of Rome

Ignatius of Antioch

Polycarp of Smyrna

Barnabas,(Epistle of)

Papias of Hierapolis

Justin, Martyr

The Didachë

Irenaeus of Lyons

Hermas (Pastor of)

Tatian of Syria

Theophilus of Antioch

Diognetus (letter)

Athenagoras of Alex.

Clement of Alexandria

Tertullian of Carthage

Origen of Alexandria

Antiquities (Greek Text) Book 19.

Caligula's Death; Claudius as emperor. Arrival of Cuspius Fadus in Judea

1. CCaligula's Disgraceful Rule. Assassination and Aftermath

2. Senators, not soldiers, want the republic. The morals of Gaius

3. Claudius kidnapped by soldiers. Senators bluster but submit to him

4. Claudius avenges Gaius' murder. Agrippa tells how to win the throne

5. As thanks, Claudius restores to Agrippa his grandfather's territory

6. Agrippa's favour to Jerusalem. Petronius punishes idolators in Doris

7. Arrogance of Silas. Agrippa's wall around Jerusalem. Favour to Berytus

8. Final acts of Agrippa, and his death in Caesarea, due to blasphemy

9. After Agrippa's death, Fadus rules over the whole kingdom of Judea

Chapter 1. [001-161]
Caligula's Disgraceful Rule. His Assassination and its Aftermath

1.

[1] Γάιος δὲ οὐκ εἰς μόνους Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις καὶ τοὺς ὁπόσοι τῇδε οἰκοῦσιν ἐπεδείκνυτο τῆς ὕβρεως τὴν μανίαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ πάσης ἐσομένην γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης ἔστελλεν αὐτήν, ὁπόση Ῥωμαίοις ὑπακούει, μυρίων τε ἀνέπλησεν αὐτὴν κακῶν ὁπόσα μὴ ἱστόρητο πρότερον. [2] μάλιστα δὲ ᾐσθάνετο τοῦ δεινοῦ τῶν πρασσομένων ἡ Ῥώμη κατ' οὐδὲν αὐτὴν τιμιωτέραν τῶν λοιπῶν πόλεων ἡγουμένου, ἀλλὰ τούς τε ἄλλους ἄγοντος καὶ φέροντος καὶ μάλιστα τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ ὁπόσοι τούτων εὐπατρίδαι καὶ προγόνων ἐπιφανείαις τιμώμενοι. [3] μυρία τε εὑρίσκετο καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἱππέων μὲν καλουμένων, ἀξιώματι δὲ καὶ δυνάμει χρημάτων ὅμοια τοῖς συγκλητικοῖς ὑπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἀγομένων διὰ τὸ ἐκ τούτων εἰς τὴν βουλὴν εἶναι κατακλήσεις: ὧν ἀτίμωσις ἦν καὶ μετανάστασις κτεινομένων τε καὶ τὰ χρήματα συλωμένων διὰ τὸ καὶ τὰς σφαγὰς ὡς τὸ πολὺ ἐπ' ἀφαιρέσει τῶν χρημάτων αὐτοῖς συντυγχάνειν. [4] ἐξεθείαζέν τε ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὰς τιμὰς οὐκέτ' ἀνθρωπίνως ἠξίου γίνεσθαι παρὰ τῶν ὑπηκόων αὐτῷ: εἴς τε τοῦ Διὸς φοιτῶν τὸ ἱερόν, ὃ Καπετώλιον μὲν καλοῦσιν τιμιώτατον δ' ἄρα αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ἱερῶν, ἀδελφὸν ἐτόλμησε προσαγορεύειν τὸν Δία: [5] καὶ τἆλλα ἔπρασσεν μανίας οὐδὲν ἀπολελειμμένα, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἀπὸ Δικαιαρχείας τῆς πόλεως ἐν Καμπανίᾳ κειμένης εἰς Μισηνοὺς ἑτέραν πόλιν ἐπιθαλάσσιον, καὶ τὴν διάβασιν δεινὸν ἡγούμενος τριήρει περατοῦν, [6] καὶ ἄλλως ἐπιβάλλειν ἡγούμενος αὐτῷ δεσπότῃ ὄντι τῆς θαλάσσης ταῦτα καὶ ὁποῖα καὶ παρὰ γῆς ἀπαιτεῖν, ἀπ' ἄκρων ἐπ' ἄκρα σταδίους τριάκοντα μέτρον τῆς θαλάσσης [ζεύξας] καὶ εἴσω τὸν κόλπον ἀπολαβὼν πάντα ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τῇ γεφύρᾳ τὸ ἅρμα: θεῷ γὰρ ὄντι τοιαύτας ποιεῖσθαι καλῶς ἔχειν τὰς ὁδούς. [7] τῶν τε ἱερῶν τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν οὐδὲν ἔτι ἀσύλητον κατέλιπεν, ὁπόσα γραφῆς ἢ γλυφῆς ἐχόμενα καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς κατασκευὰς ἀνδριάντων καὶ ἀναθημάτων ἄγεσθαι κελεύσας παρ' αὐτόν: οὐ γὰρ ἐν ἑτέρῳ τὰ καλὰ κεῖσθαι καλῶς ἔχειν ἢ ἐν τῷ καλλίστῳ, τυγχάνειν δὲ τοῦτο οὖσαν τὴν Ῥωμαίων πόλιν. [8] ἐκόσμει τε τοῖς ἐνθένδε ἀγομένοις τήν τε οἰκίαν καὶ τοὺς κήπους ὁπόσαι τε αὐτῷ καταγωγαὶ διὰ γῆς τῆς τῶν Ἰταλῶν. ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸν Ὀλύμπιον τιμώμενον Δία ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ οὕτως ὠνομασμένον Ὀλύμπιον Φειδίου τοῦ Ἀθηναίου πεποιηκότος ἐτόλμησε κελεῦσαι εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην μεταφέρειν. [9] οὐ μὴν ἔπραξέν γε τῶν ἀρχιτεκτόνων φαμένων πρὸς Μέμμιον Ῥῆγλον, ὃς ἐπετέτακτο τῇ κινήσει τοῦ Διός, ἀπολεῖσθαι τοὖργον κινήσεως αὐτοῦ γενομένης. λέγεται δὲ Μέμμιον διὰ ταῦτα καὶ σημείων μειζόνων γενομένων, ἢ ὡς ἄν τινα μὴ πιστὰ ἡγεῖσθαι, ὑπερβαλέσθαι τὴν ἀναίρεσιν. [10] καὶ γράφει τάδε πρὸς τὸν Γάιον ἐπ' ἀπολογίᾳ τοῦ ἐκλιπεῖν ἀδιακόνητον τὴν ἐπιστολήν, ἀπολέσθαι τε ἐκ τούτων αὐτῷ κινδύνου γενομένου σώζεται φθάνοντος ἤδη Γαίου τελευτῆσαι.
****

001 Gaius showed his madness not only in his insolence to the Jews in Jerusalem and the inhabitants of that area, but spread it over land and sea, wherever was subject to the Romans, infecting the empire with so many evils as are nowhere else recorded in history. 002 But Rome itself felt the worst effects of what he did, for he reckoned it no more worthy of honour than other cities, but he harassed and harried its citizens, but especially the senate and the nobility and those who were dignified by illustrious ancestors. 003 He also devised thousands of indignities for the equestrians, as they was styled, who were regarded by the citizens as equal in dignity and wealth with the senators, since from them the senators were chosen. These he treated shamefully and pushed aside and often killed and plundered their wealth, because he generally killed people in order to take their riches. 004 He asserted his own divinity and made his subjects show him more honour than is due to any human being. He then went up to the temple of Zeus which they style the Capitol, and is the holiest of all their temples, where he boldly declared himself the brother of Zeus. 005 Other maniacal things he also did, as when disdained to sail from the town of Dicearchia in Campania, to Misenum, another town on the sea-side, in a trireme, 006 and thought he should cross it in another way, for as lord of the sea it should obey him just as does the dry land. So he joined one promontory to another, a length of thirty furlongs across the sea, with a bridge of boats that enclosed the whole bay, and drove his chariot over it, thinking that, as he was a god, it was his right to travel over such roads as this. 007 He left none of the Greek temples unplundered and ordered all their writings and sculptures and ornate statuary and sacred offerings to be brought to him, saying that the best things should be nowhere but in the best place and that was the city of Rome. 008 He adorned his own house and gardens with the curiosities brought from those temples, and from the houses he stayed in when he travelled all over Italy. Thus he did not scruple to order the statue of Olympian Zeus by Phidias the Athenian, so called because it was honoured by the Greeks at the Olympic games, to be transferred to Rome. 009 But he did not achieve this, because the architects told Memmius Regulus, who was to remove that statue of Zeus, that the workmanship would be spoiled and it would not survive the removal. It is also reported that Memmius, both on that account and due to some such mighty an incredible prodigies, postponed taking it down, 010 and when he wrote this to Gaius as his reason for not doing as his rescript required and that this put him in danger of death, he was saved by the death of Gaius himself, before he could have him executed.

2.

[11] Εἰς τοῦτο δὲ προύβη τὸ μανικὸν αὐτῷ, ὥστε δὴ καὶ θυγατρὸς αὐτῷ γενομένης ἀνακομίσας ἐπὶ τὸ Καπετώλιον ἐπὶ τοῖς γόνασι κατατίθεται τοῦ ἀγάλματος, κοινὸν αὐτῷ τε καὶ τῷ Διὶ γεγονέναι τὸ τέκνον καὶ δύο χειροτονεῖν αὐτῆς πατέρας, ὁπότερον μείζονα φάμενος ἐν μέσῳ τε καταλιμπάνειν. [12] καὶ τάδε ἠνείχοντο πράσσοντα αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνθρωποι. ἐπεχείρησε δὲ καὶ τοῖς οἰκέταις κατηγορίας ποιεῖσθαι τῶν δεσποτῶν ἐφ' οἷστισιν ἐθελήσειαν ἐγκλήμασιν: δεινὰ γὰρ πάντα ἦν, ὁπόσα μέλλοι λέγεσθαι, διὰ τὸ χάριτί τε καὶ ὑπαγορεύσει τῇ ἐκείνου τὰ πολλὰ γίνεσθαι, [13] ὥστε ἤδη καὶ Κλαυδίου ἐτόλμα ποιήσασθαι Πολυδεύκης ὁ δοῦλος κατηγορίαν, καὶ Γάιος ἠνείχετο κατὰ πατρῴου τοῦ αὐτοῦ δίκης θανάτου λεγομένης ἐπ' ἀκροάσει συνελθεῖν ἐλπίδι τοῦ παραλαβεῖν δύναμιν ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν. [14] οὐ μὴν ἐξεγένετό γε αὐτῷ. ἀναπεπληρωκότι δὲ αὐτῷ συκοφαντιῶν καὶ κακῶν πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, ἧς ἐπῆρχεν, καὶ πολλὴν τὴν δουλοκρατίαν ἐπῃρμένου τοῖς δεσπόταις ἐπιβουλαὶ τὰ πολλὰ ἤδη συνίσταντο, τῶν μὲν ἐπ' ἀμύνῃ ὧν πάθοιεν ὀργὴν ποιουμένων, τῶν δὲ πρὶν ἐμπεσόντες κακῶν τυχεῖν μεγάλων τιθεμένων τὸ μεταχειρίσασθαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον. [15] ὅθεν, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς τε ἁπάντων νόμοις καὶ τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ μεγάλην συνήνεγκεν εὐδαιμονίας ῥοπὴν ὁ θάνατος αὐτοῦ ἔθνει τε τῷ ἡμετέρῳ οὐδὲ εἰς ὀλίγον ἐξεγεγόνει μὴ οὐκ ἀπολωλέναι μὴ ταχείας αὐτῷ τελευτῆς παραγενομένης, βούλομαι [δὲ] δι' ἀκριβείας τὸν πάντα περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον διελθεῖν, [16] ἄλλως τε ἐπειδὴ καὶ πολλὴν ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ παραμυθίαν τοῖς ἐν τύχαις κειμένοις καὶ σωφρονισμὸν τοῖς οἰομένοις ἀίδιον τὴν εὐτυχίαν, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἐπιμεταφέρειν κακῶς ἀρετῆς αὐτῇ μὴ παραγενομένης.
****

011 His mania went so far, that when he had a daughter born, he brought her into the capitol and put her on the knees of the statue and said that the child belonged to both him and Zeus, declaring that she had two fathers, but which of these was greater he left undecided. 012 People had to put up with his deeds, as he allowed slaves to accuse their masters of any crimes they pleased, and all such accusations were fearful, for they were in great part made to please him and at his suggestion. 013 For instance, Pollux, Claudius's slave, had the temerity to make an accusation against Claudius himself, and Gaius was not ashamed to attend his trial of life and death, to hear that trial of his own uncle, hoping to be able to do away with him, although he did not succeed as he wanted. 014 When he had filled the whole world that he ruled with sycophancy and misery and had allowed slaves to tyrranise over their masters, many plots were made against him; some joined the conspiracy out of anger at what they had suffered from him, and others in order to remove the man before they themselves fell victim to him. 015 So his death came very fortunately for the rule of law for everyone and was greatly for the common good, and for that of our nation in particular, which might have utterly died out if his end had not come so soon. I want to give all the details about this matter, 016 as it offers a great proof of God's power and a reassurance to those in trouble and a wise caution to those who think their prosperity is permanent and that it will not be turned to woe, if they do not lead their lives in the ways of virtue.

3.

[17] Ὁδοὺς μὲν δὴ τρεῖς ὁ θάνατος αὐτοῦ παρεσκευάζετο καὶ τούτων ἑκάστης ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν εἶχον. Αἰμίλιός τε γὰρ Ῥῆγλος ἐκ Κορδύβης τῆς ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ γένος συνεῖχέν τινας ἢ δι' ἐκείνων ἢ δι' αὐτοῦ πρόθυμος ὢν ἄρασθαι Γάιον. [18] ἑτέρα δὲ αὐτοῖς συνεκροτεῖτο, ἧς Χαιρέας Κάσσιος χιλίαρχος ἡγεμὼν ἦν. Μινουκιανὸς δὲ Ἄννιος οὐκ ὀλίγη μοῖρα τῶν ἐπὶ τὴν τυραννίδα παρεσκευασμένων ἦν. [19] αἰτία δ' αὐτοῖς μίσους τοῦ πρὸς Γάιον συνελθεῖν, Ῥήγλῳ μὲν τὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ὀργίλον καὶ μίσει χρώμενον πρὸς τὰ μετ' ἀδικίας ἐξαγόμενα: καὶ γὰρ ἔχει τι θυμοειδὲς ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ ἐλευθέριον, ὑφ' οὗ μηδὲ στέγειν προστίθεσθαι τῶν βουλευμάτων: πολλοῖς γοῦν ἀνεκοινώσατο καὶ φίλοις καὶ ἄλλοις δοκοῦσιν αὐτῷ δραστηρίοις. [20] Μινουκιανὸς δὲ τὰ μὲν Λεπίδου τε ἐκδικία, φίλον γὰρ αὐτῷ τὰ μάλιστα ὄντα τοῦτον καὶ τῶν πολιτῶν σὺν ὀλίγοις ἀναιρεῖ Γάιος, καὶ ἄλλως φοβηθεὶς τὰ περὶ αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ πᾶσιν ὁμοίως τὸν Γάιον ἐπὶ θάνατον ἀνακειμένην ἐπαφιέναι τὴν ὀργὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐγχείρησιν ἐλθεῖν. [21] Χαιρέαν δὲ αἰσχύνην φέροντα ὀνείδη τε εἰς τὴν ἀνανδρίαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Γαίου προφερομένου, καὶ ἄλλως τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέρᾳ κινδυνεύειν φιλίᾳ καὶ θεραπείᾳ τὴν Γαίου τελευτὴν οὐ πάντ' ἐλεύθερον ὑπολαμβάνων. [22] οἱ δὲ καὶ πᾶσι κοινῇ προτεθῆναι τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ πράγματι σκέψιν τήν τε ὕβριν θεωμένοις καὶ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἀκμὴν ἐπ' ἀλλήλων ἀκμάζουσαν διαφυγεῖν ἀραμένοις τὸν Γάιον: ἴσως μὲν γὰρ ἂν κατορθῶσαι, καλῶς δὲ κατορθοῦσι τηλικούτων ἀγαθῶν σχεῖν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς τε πόλεως καὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας πονοῦσι καὶ μετὰ ὀλέθρου ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ πράγματος. [23] παρὰ πάντα δὲ Χαιρέαν ἐπείγεσθαι ὀνόματός τε ἐπιθυμίᾳ μείζονος καὶ ἄλλως ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδεέστερον προσιέναι τῷ Γαίῳ διὰ τὴν χιλιαρχίαν ῥᾳστώνης αὐτῷ κτείνειν ἐσομένης.
****

017 There were three conspiracies to remove Gaius, with good men at the head of each of them. Aemilius Regulus, born at Cordoba in Spain, got some men together, intent on removing Gaius either through them or on his own. 018 Another ring was led by the tribune, Cherea Cassius. Then Vinucianus Annius too had significant status among those ready to oppose his tyranny. 019 The motive why these men hated and conspired against Gaius was as follows: Regulus was indignant at all injustice, for his temper was angry and bold and free, which made him not conceal his thoughts, so he shared them with many of his friends and with others whom he took to be men of action. 020 Vinucianus joined the plot to avenge his close friend Lepidus, a citizen of noblest character, whom Gaius had killed, and because he was afraid for himself, since when Gaius grew angry he tended towards indiscriminate murder. 021 Cherea joined it because he was ashamed of how Gaius insulted him and accused him of cowardice, and being in daily danger from Gaius whom he served only too well, felt himself unfree until he put an end to him. 022 These suggested it to all others concerned, who saw the insolence they endured from Gaius and hoped by removing him to escape the blade that had killed others. They might well succeed, and if so it would be well to have the support of people willing, even at the risk of their lives, to share in liberating the city and the leadership. 023 Cherea was especially eager, out of his desire to win the glory of it and because, as tribune, he could come into the presence of Gaius with less danger, and therefore it would be easier for him to kill him.

4.

[24] Ἐν τούτῳ δ' ἱπποδρομίαι ἦσαν: καὶ σπουδάζεται γὰρ Ῥωμαίοις ἥδε ἡ θεωρία δεινῶς, συνίασίν τε προθύμως εἰς τὸν ἱππόδρομον καὶ ἐφ' οἷς χρῄζοιεν δέονται τῶν αὐτοκρατόρων κατὰ πλῆθος συνελθόντες, οἱ δὲ ἀναντιλέκτους τὰς δεήσεις κρίνοντες οὐδαμῶς ἀχαριστοῦσιν. [25] ἐκέλευον δὴ καὶ τὸν Γάιον ἐκθύμῳ τῇ ἱκετείᾳ χρώμενοι τῶν τε τελῶν ἐπανιέναι καὶ τῶν φόρων ἐπικουφίζειν τι τοῦ ἐπαχθοῦς. ὁ δ' οὐκ ἠνείχετο, καὶ πλέον τι τῇ βοῇ χρωμένων ἄλλους ἄλλῃ διαπέμψας κελεύει τοὺς βοῶντας λαβεῖν τε καὶ μηδὲν εἰς ἀναβολὰς ἀνελεῖν προαγαγόντας. [26] καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐκέλευε ταῦτα καὶ οἷς προσετέτακτο ἔπρασσον, πλεῖστοί τε ἦσαν οἱ ἐπὶ τοιούτοις ἀποθανόντες. καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἑώρα μέν, ἠνείχετο δὲ παυσάμενος τῆς βοῆς, ἐν ὀλίγῳ ἕνεκα τῶν χρημάτων ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρῶντες τὴν ἐπὶ τοιούτοις παραίτησιν εἰς θάνατον αὐτοῖς φέρουσαν. [27] ταῦτα Χαιρέαν ἐνήγαγεν μειζόνως ἅπτεσθαί τε τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς καὶ παύειν κατὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξηγριωκότα τὸν Γάιον, καὶ πολλάκις μὲν καὶ παρὰ τὰς ἑστιάσεις ἐμέλλησεν ἐπιχειρεῖν, οὐ μὴν ἀλλ' ἐπείχετο λογισμῷ, τὸ μὲν κτείνειν οὐκέτ' ἐνδοιαστὸν κεκρικώς, τὸν δὲ καιρὸν περισκοπῶν, ὅπως μὴ εἰς κενόν, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ καταπράξει τῶν βεβουλευμένων ταῖς χερσὶ χρῷτο.
****

024 The horse-races which the Romans loved to watch were held about this time. At such times they crowd into the hippodrome in large numbers and make petitions about their needs to their emperors, who are not at all unpopular if the requests are granted. 025 They loudly demanded that Gaius lower the excise duty and relax some of their burden of taxes, but he would not listen, and when the complaints increased, he sent round soldiers to arrest those who were shouting and quickly take them out and execute them. 026 These were his commands, which were carried out by those sent by him, and many were killed in the incident. Seeing this, the people gave up their complaints, for with their own eyes they saw that asking to have their taxes reduced could cost them their lives. 027 This made Cherea all the more resolved to carry out his plot, so as to put an end to this savagery of Gaius towards people. Several times he thought to attack him at table, but prudence made him refrain. It was not that he had any doubt about killing him, but he waited for a proper occasion when the attempt would not fail and his stroke would achieve his purpose with security.

5.

[28] Ἐστρατεύετο δὲ πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον οὐχ ἡδονῇ φέρων Γαίου τὴν ἀναστροφήν. ἐπεὶ δὲ αὐτὸν ἵσταται Γάιος εἰσπραξόμενον τούς τε φόρους καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα καταβαλλόμενα εἰς τὸν Καίσαρος θησαυρὸν ἐφυστερήκει τοῖς καιροῖς διὰ τὸ ἐπιδιπλασιάζεσθαι τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν, χρόνον ἐκεῖ ποιεῖται τῇ εἰσπράξει τρόπῳ τῷ αὐτοῦ χρώμενος μᾶλλον ἢ τῇ Γαίου προστάξει, [29] διὰ τὸ φειδοῖ χρῆσθαι τὰς τύχας οἴκτῳ λαμβάνων τῶν ὑπὸ τὴν εἴσπραξιν εἰς ὀργὴν προυκαλεῖτο τὸν Γάιον μαλακίαν ἐπικαλοῦντα αὐτῷ τοῦ σχολῇ συνάγεσθαι αὐτῷ τὰ χρήματα. καὶ δὴ τά τε ἄλλα ὕβριζεν εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ ὁπότε τὸ σημεῖον αὐτῷ τὸ τῆς ἡμέρας καθηκούσης εἰς αὐτόν, θήλεά τε ἐδίδου τὰ ὀνόματα, [30] καὶ ταῦτα αἰσχύνης ἀνάπλεα καὶ ταῦτα ἔπρασσεν αὐτὸς οὐκ ἀπηλλαγμένος ἔν τινων τελεταῖς μυστηρίων, ἃς αὐτὸς συνίστατο, στολάς τε ἐνδυόμενος γυναικείους καί τινων περιθέσεις πλοκαμίδων ἐπινοῶν ἄλλα τε ὁπόσα ἐπικαταψεύσασθαι θηλύτητα τῆς ὄψεως ἔμελλεν, αὐτὸς τὴν ἐπὶ τοιούτοις αἰσχύνην ἐτόλμα Χαιρέᾳ προσκαλεῖν. [31] Χαιρέᾳ δὲ καὶ ὁπότε μὲν παραλαμβάνοι τὸ σημεῖον ὀργὴ παρίστατο, μειζόνως δ' ὁπότε παραδιδοίη, γελώμενος ὑπὸ τῶν παραλαμβανόντων, ὥστε καὶ οἱ συγχιλίαρχοι παιδιὰν ἐποιοῦντο αὐτόν: ὁπότε γὰρ αὐτὸς μέλλοι τὸ σημεῖον παρ' αὐτοῦ Καίσαρος κομίζειν, προύλεγόν τινα τῶν εἰωθότων φέρειν εἰς παιδιάν. [32] διὰ ταῦτα δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ θάρσος παρίστατο κοινωνούς τινας παραλαμβάνειν, ὡς οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγοις ὀργῇ χρώμενος. καὶ ἦν γὰρ Πομπήδιος συγκλητικὸς μέν, τὰς ἀρχὰς δὲ διεληλυθὼς σχεδὸν ἁπάσας, Ἐπικούρειος δ' ἄλλως καὶ δι' αὐτὸ ἀπράγμονος ἐπιτηδευτὴς βίου. [33] τοῦτον ἐνδείκνυσιν Τιμίδιος ἐχθρὸς ὢν ὡς λοιδορίᾳ χρησάμενον ἀπρεπεῖ κατὰ τοῦ Γαίου μάρτυρα παραλαμβάνων Κυιντιλίαν γυναῖκα τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἐπιφανείᾳ τοῦ ὡραίου περισπούδαστον πολλοῖς τε οὖσαν καὶ τῷ Πομπηδίῳ. [34] καὶ τῆς ἀνθρώπου, ψεῦδος γὰρ ἦν, δεινὸν ἡγουμένης μαρτυρίαν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ τοῦ ἐραστοῦ παρασχεῖν, βασάνων ἔχρῃζεν ὁ Τιμίδιος, καὶ Γάιος παρωξυμμένος κελεύει τὸν Χαιρέαν μηδὲν εἰς ἀναβολὰς ἀλλ' εὐθέως βασανίζειν τὴν Κυιντιλίαν, χρώμενος τῷ Χαιρέᾳ πρός τε τὰ φονικὰ καὶ ὁπόσα στρεβλώσεως δέοιτο ὑπὸ τοῦ νομίζειν ὠμότερον διακονήσεσθαι τὴν λοιδορίαν φεύγοντα τῆς μαλακίας. [35] Κυιντιλία δ' ἐπὶ τὴν βάσανον ἀγομένη τῶν συνιστόρων τινὸς ἐπιβαίνει τῷ ποδὶ ἀποσημαίνουσα θαρσεῖν καὶ μὴ τὰς βασάνους αὐτῆς δεδιέναι: διοίσειν γὰρ μετ' ἀνδραγαθίας. βασανίζει δ' αὐτὴν ὠμῶς ὁ Χαιρέας, ἄκων μέν, κατ' ἀνάγκας δὲ τὰς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μηδὲν ἐνδοῦσαν ἦγεν εἰς τὴν ὄψιν τὴν Γαίου διακειμένην οὐκ ἐν ἡδονῇ τοῖς θεωροῦσι. [36] καὶ ὁ Γάιος παθών τι πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν τῆς Κυιντιλίας δεινῶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀλγηδόνων διακειμένης τοῦ τε ἐγκλήματος ἠφίει καὶ αὐτὴν καὶ τὸν Πομπήδιον, ἐκείνην δὲ καὶ χρημάτων δόσει τιμᾷ παραμυθίας ἐσομένων λώβης τε ἣν ἐλελώβητο εἰς τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ ἀφορήτου τῶν ἀλγηδόνων.
****

028 Cherea had been soldiering a long time and was very disturbed by the behaviour of Gaius. When Gaius sent him to exact the taxes and other dues, which, if not paid in due time, were forfeited to Caesar's treasury, he took his time in collecting them, since the rates had been doubled, and followed his own tendency rather than obeying Gaius's command. 029 His clemency and pity for the plight of those from whom he gathered the taxes made Gaius angry, and he rebuked him for sloth and weakness in being so long about collecting the money. He also insulted him in other ways, and gave him female watchwords of an obscene kind, 030 when it was his task to get the the watchword for the day, names made up by himself, of the kind used in certain mystery religions. Dressing up in women's clothes and wearing other items to make himself look like a woman, he had the audacity to invite Cherea to share these shameful actions. 031 Whenever Cherea received the watchword from him it made him furious, all the more so at having to pass it on, being mocked as the other tribunes made fun of him. When it was his turn to receive the watchword from Caesar, they knew he would be bringing them some of his usual laughable watchwords. 032 It was this sense of outrage that finally roused him to venture to gather some associates. One of them was Pompedius, a senator, who had gone through almost all posts in the leadership, but was otherwise an Epicurean and for that reason loved a quiet life. 033 Timidius, an enemy of his, had told Gaius that he had grossly insulted him and called as a witness Quintilia, a woman of great beauty much loved by many who frequented the theatre, and particularly by Pompedius. 034 This woman hated the thought of bearing false witness against her lover, but Timidius wanted to get it out of her by torture. The enraged Gaius, who used Cherea for acts of murder and torture, thinking he would act even more cruelly to avoid any hint of the effeminacy he was accused of, ordered Cherea to use torture on her. 035 But even under torture, Quintilia trod on the foot of one of the conspirators to tell him be brave, for under her pains she would not yield but bore them like a man. Cherea tortured her cruelly, though reluctantly, having no choice. Then he brought her to Gaius, still refusing to speak but a sad sight to see. 036 Moved by the sight of Quintilia's suffering, Gaius acquitted both her and Pompedius of the crime charged against them. He also gave her a grant of money to console her for the ill-treatment she had suffered and for her noble patience under such unbearable pains.

6.

[37] Ταῦτα δεινῶς ἠνίασεν τὸν Χαιρέαν ὡς αἴτιον ἀνθρώποις καὶ ὑπὸ Γαίου παρηγορίας ἀξίοις ἐν αἰτίᾳ κακῶν τὸ ὅσον ἐπ' αὐτοῖς γεγενημένοις, φησίν τε πρὸς Κλήμεντά τε καὶ Παπίνιον, ὧν Κλήμης μὲν ἦν ἐπὶ τῶν στρατοπέδων, Παπίνιος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν χιλιαρχῶν, [38] "ἀλλ' ἐπὶ φυλακῇ γε, ὦ Κλήμης, τὰ πάντα τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ἡμῖν πράσσειν οὐκ ἐλλέλειπται: τῶν γὰρ συνομωμοκότων αὐτοῦ κατὰ τῆς ἡγεμονίας προνοίᾳ καὶ πόνοις τοὺς μὲν ἀπεκτείναμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἐστρεβλώσαμεν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὡς ἐλεεινοὺς κἀκείνῳ γενέσθαι, μετὰ πόσης τε ἀρετῆς ἡμῖν ἐξάγεται τῶν στρατιῶν;" [39] σιγήσαντος δὲ τοῦ Κλήμεντος καὶ τὸ μὲν αἰσχύνῃ φέρειν τὰ προστασσόμενα καὶ τῷ βλέμματι καὶ τῷ ἐρυθήματι παριστάντος, λόγῳ δὲ αὐτοῖς τὴν μανίαν τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος προσκαλεῖν ἄδικον ἡγουμένου προνοίᾳ τοῦ ἀσφαλοῦς, [40] Χαιρέας ἤδη θάρσει χρώμενος ἐν λόγοις ἦν κινδύνων ἀνειμένοις πρὸς αὐτὸν τὰ κατέχοντα δεινὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπεξιών, καὶ ὅτι λόγῳ μὲν εἴη Γάιος ὁ τὴν ἐπὶ τοιούτοις αἰτίαν προτιθέμενος, [41] τοῖς δὲ τἀληθὲς ἐξετάζειν πειρωμένοις ἐγώ τε, ὦ Κλήμης, καὶ οὑτοσὶ ὁ Παπίνιος καὶ πρὸ ἡμῶν σύ, ταύτας Ῥωμαίοις τε καὶ τῷ παντὶ ἀνθρωπείῳ τὰς στρέβλας προσφερόμενοι, οὐκ ἐπιτάγμασιν τοῖς Γαίου διακονούμενοι, γνώμῃ δὲ τῇ αὐτῶν, [42] εἰ παρὸν παῦσαι τοσαύτῃ ἤδη χρώμενον ὕβρει εἴς τε τοὺς πολίτας καὶ τοὺς ὑπηκόους διακονούμεθα, δορυφόροι καὶ δήμιοι καθεστηκότες ἀντὶ στρατιωτῶν καὶ τὰ ὅπλα ταυτὶ φέροντες οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας οὐδ' ἀρχῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τοῦ δουλουμένου τά τε σώματα αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ φρονήματα, μιαινόμενοι τῷ καθ' ἡμέραν αἵματι σφαγῆς καὶ βασάνου τῆς ἐκείνων, μέχρι δή τις καὶ καθ' ἡμῶν διακονήσεται τοιαῦτα Γαίῳ. [43] οὐ γὰρ εὐνοίᾳ γε πολιτεύσει διὰ τάδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς, δι' ὑφοράσεως δὲ μᾶλλον καὶ ἄλλως τοῦ πολλοῦ τῶν ἀπολλυμένων ἀποδεδωκότος: οὐ γὰρ δὴ στήσεταί ποτε Γαίῳ τὰ τῆς ὀργῆς διὰ τὸ μὴ δίκην ἀλλ' ἡδονὴν πέρας αὐτῆς τυγχάνειν: σκοποὶ δὲ προσκεισόμεθα καὐτοί, δέον καὶ τοῖς πᾶσιν τὸ ἀνεπιβούλευτόν τε καὶ ἐλεύθερον βεβαιοῦν καὶ ἡμῖν κινδύνων ἀπαλλαγὰς ψηφίσασθαι.
****

037 It sorely grieved Cherea to have caused harm to people whom Gaius himself wished to console, and he said to Clement and to Papinius, - Clement was a general and Papinius a tribune - 038 "Clement, we have not failed to guard the emperor, but see how we treated people conspiring against his rule: by our care and effort we have killed some and others we tortured so badly that he himself showed pity on them. How noble we are in doing our duties as soldiers!" 039 Clement stayed silent, but showed by his look and his blushes the shame he felt in obeying those orders, yet not thinking it right or safe to accuse the emperor of madness. 040 Cherea took courage from this and without fear of the danger involved, spoke to him about the severe troubles of the city and the government, saying that Gaius was felt to be the cause of them. 041 "Now Clement, in the view of those who know, it is I and Papinius here, and you above all, who torture the Romans and everybody in this way, not just in obedience to Gaius, but consenting to it. 042 Though it is in our power to put an end to this man's life, who has terribly wronged his citizens and subjects, we go on acting as his bodyguard and henchmen instead of being soldiers. We bear arms not for freedom or for the rule of Rome, but for the safety of the man who has enslaved them in body and mind, and every day we are stained with their blood and torture, until someone is sent by Gaius to do the same to us. 043 It is not out of goodwill that he employs us in this way, for the more people are killed the more he will suspect our loyalty. Gaius sets no limits to his anger, since in his actions he is not guided by justice, but by his own pleasure. We will become his targets, while we should be ensuring the security and freedom of all and at the same time doing something to put ourselves out of danger.

7.

[44] Κλήμης δὲ τὴν μὲν διάνοιαν τὴν Χαιρέου φανερὸς ἦν ἐπαινῶν, σιγᾶν δ' ἐκέλευε, μὴ καὶ φοιτῶντος εἰς πλείονας τοῦ λόγου καὶ διαχεομένων ὁπόσα κρύπτεσθαι καλῶς ἔχοι πρὶν τυχεῖν πράξαντας ἐκπύστου τοῦ ἐπιβουλεύματος γενομένου κολασθεῖεν, χρόνῳ δὲ τῷ αὖθις καὶ τῇ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἐλπίδι παραδιδόναι τὰ πάντα ὡς παραγενησομένης τινὸς αὐτοῖς ἐπικουρίας τυχαίου: [45] αὐτὸν μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ γήρως ἀφῃρῆσθαι τὴν ἐπὶ τοιοῖσδε τόλμαν, τῶν μέντοι γε ὑπὸ σοῦ, Χαιρέα, συντεθέντων τε καὶ ῥηθέντων ἀσφαλέστερα μὲν ἴσως ἂν ὑποθοίμην, [46] εὐπρεπέστερα δὲ πῶς ἄν τις καὶ δύναιτο;" καὶ Κλήμης μὲν ὡς αὑτὸν ἀναλύει διὰ λογισμῶν τῶν τε ἀκροαθέντων καὶ ὁπόσων αὐτὸς εἰρήκει περιφερόμενος. Χαιρέας δὲ δείσας ὡς Κορνήλιον Σαβῖνον ἠπείγετο καὶ αὐτὸν μὲν χιλίαρχον ὄντα, ἀξιόλογον δ' ἄλλως ἐξεπιστάμενος αὐτὸν καὶ τοῦ ἐλευθέρου ἐραστὴν καὶ δι' αὐτὸ τῇ καταστάσει τῶν πραγμάτων πολεμίως διακείμενον, [47] χρῄζων ἐκ τοῦ ὀξέος ἔχεσθαι τῶν ἐγνωσμένων τῆς ἐγχειρήσεως ὑπ' αὐτοῦ καλὰ νομίσας εἶναι προσθέσθαι καὶ δέει, μὴ ὑπὸ Κλήμεντος ἐκφοίτησις γένοιτο αὐτῶν, ἄλλως τε τὰς μελλήσεις καὶ τῶν καιρῶν τὰς ὑπερβολὰς πρὸς τῶν ὑπερβαλλομένων τιθέμενος.
****

044 Clement clearly agreed with Cherea's view, but told him hold his tongue, for if word of the secret were to spread, the plot would be revealed before it was carried out and they would be punished. He would leave it alone for the present and in time something would turn in their favour. 045 He himself was ruled out by reason of his age. "However, Cherea, even if I could suggest a safer plan than yours, who could think of anything more honourable?" 046 Clement went home, reflecting deeply on what he had heard and what he himself had said. Full of anxiety, Cherea soon went to Cornelius Sabinus, one of the tribunes who was also, he knew, a worthy man and a lover of liberty, and under threat from the present regime. 047 Though wishing to involve some others, he wanted to carry out the plan immediately, afraid that Clement might reveal it, and regarding delay and hesitation as favouring those in charge.

8.

[48] Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀσμένῳ καὶ τῷ Σαβίνῳ τὰ πάντα ἦν, ἅτε καὶ αὐτῷ γνώμης μὲν οὐχ ὑστεροῦντι τῆς ἴσης, ἀπορίᾳ δὲ πρὸς ὅντινα εἰπὼν ἀσφαλὴς εἴη τὰ πρὸς ἐκείνους σιγῇ παραδιδόντος, ἐπεί τε ἀνδρὸς ηὐπόρητο οὐ μόνον στέγειν ὧν πύθοιτο προσθησομένου, ἀλλὰ καὶ γνώμην φανεροῦντος τὴν αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἦρτο, καὶ μηδὲν εἰς ἀναβολὰς ἐδεῖτο τοῦ Χαιρέου. [49] τρέπονταί τε ὡς Μινουκιανόν, αὐτοῖς μὲν ἐπιτηδεύσει ἀρετῆς καὶ τῷ ὁμοζήλῳ τοῦ μεγαλόφρονος συγγενῆ, Γαίῳ δ' ὕποπτον τῆς Λεπίδου τελευτῆς, πάνυ γὰρ δὴ φίλοι ἐγένοντο Μινουκιανός τε καὶ Λέπιδος, καὶ δείματι κινδύνων τῶν καθ' αὑτόν. [50] πᾶσι γὰρ τοῖς ἐν τέλει φοβερὸς ἦν Γάιος, ὡς ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἕκαστον καὶ πρὸς οὕστινας τῇ μανίᾳ χρῆσθαι μὴ ἀφησόμενος, [51] φανεροί τε ἀλλήλοις ἦσαν τῆς ἐπὶ πράγμασιν ἀχθηδόνος, διασαφεῖν μὲν ἀλλήλοις ἄντικρυς τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ μῖσος τὸ πρὸς Γάιον φόβῳ τε κινδύνων ἀφέμενοι ἄλλως τε αἰσθανόμενοι τοῦ ἀλλήλων μίσους πρὸς τὸν Γάιον καὶ δι' αὐτὸ εὐνοίᾳ χρῆσθαι τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους μὴ ἀπηλλαγμένοι.
****

048 Sabinus welcomed the plan, having formed the same idea independently of Cherea, but having stayed silent for lack of anyone with whom he could safely share it. Very encouraged to meet one who both opened his mind to him and promised to keep secret what he heard, he asked Cherea to waste no time. 049 They went to Vinucianus, who was as brave and eager for high ideals as themselves, and was held suspect by Gaius since the slaughter of Lepidus. Now Vinucianus and Lepidus had been close friends, both of them in grave danger from him. 050 For Gaius was feared by all the influential people, being quick to vent his mania on each of them in particular and all of them in general. 051 They were nervous of each other, even while clearly unhappy with the state of affairs, and avoided expressing their views and their hatred of Gaius, for fear of danger to themselves, although they felt their shared hatred of Gaius in other ways, and on that account had not ceased to be friendly towards each other.

9.

[52] Γενομένων δ' αὐτοῖς ἀξιώσεων ἐπείπερ συνέβαλον, εἰωθότες καὶ πρότερον ὁπότε συνέλθοιεν τίμιον ἡγεῖσθαι τὸν Μινουκιανὸν ὑπεροχῇ τε ἀξιώματος, γενναιότατος γὰρ ἦν τῶν πολιτῶν, καὶ τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἐπαινουμένῳ, [53] μᾶλλον ὡς ἅπτοιτό τινος λόγου φθάσαι κἀκεῖνος εἴ ποτε Χαιρέαν, ὅ τι καὶ παραλάβοι σημεῖον τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης: ἀοίδιμος γὰρ διὰ τῆς πόλεως ἦν ἡ εἰς τὸν Χαιρέαν διὰ τῶν σημείων τῆς δόσεως πρασσομένη ὕβρις. [54] ὁ δὲ χάρματι τοῦ λόγου μηδὲν μελλήσας ἠμείβετο τοῦ Μινουκιανοῦ τὸ ἐπὶ τοιοῖσδε πιστεῦσαν ὁμιλίᾳ χρήσασθαι πρὸς αὐτόν, καί "σύ μοι δίδως, εἶπεν, σημεῖον ἐλευθερίας, χάρις δέ σοι τοῦ ἀνεγείραντός με μειζόνως ἤπερ εἴωθα ἐμαυτὸν ὁρμᾶν, [55] οὐδέν μοι χρεία πλειόνων ἔτι λόγων, οἵ με θαρσοῖεν, εἰ δὴ καὶ σοὶ ταῦτα δοκεῖ, γνώμης τε τῆς αὐτῆς κοινωνοὶ καὶ πρότερον ἢ συνελθεῖν γεγόναμεν. καὶ ἓν μὲν ὑπέζωμαι ξίφος, ἀμφοῖν δ' ἂν ἀρκέσειεν. [56] ὥστε ἴθι καὶ ἔργων ἐχώμεθα, ἡγεμών τ' ἴσθι, ᾗ βούλοιο αὐτὸς κελεύων με χωρεῖν, ᾗ καὶ προσοίσομαι, ἐπικουρίᾳ τῇ σῇ συμπράσσοντος τε πίσυνος. οὐδὲ ἀπορία σιδήρου τοῖς τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς τὰ ἔργα προσφερομένοις, δι' ἣν καὶ ὁ σίδηρος δραστήριος εἴωθεν εἶναι. [57] ὥρμηκά τε εἰς τὴν πρᾶξιν οὐχ ὧν ἂν αὐτὸς πάθοιμι ἐλπίδι περιφερόμενος: οὐ γὰρ σχολὴ κινδύνους μοι κατανοεῖν τοὺς ἐμαυτοῦ δουλώσει τε πατρίδος ἐλευθερωτάτης ἐπαλγοῦντι τῶν νόμων τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀφῃρημένης τούς τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὀλέθρου διὰ Γάιον κατειληφότος. [58] ἄξιος δ' ἂν εἴην παρὰ σοὶ δικαστῇ πίστεως ἐπὶ τοιούτοις τυγχάνειν ὑπὸ τοῦ ὅμοια φρονεῖν αὐτοῖς καὶ σὲ μὴ ἀπηλλάχθαι."
****

052 When these two met and exchanged greetings, Vinucianus had precedence due to his high status, for he was eminent and highly praised by the people, 053 and was especially good in debate. Vinucianus now took the initiative and asked Cherea what watchword he had received that day, for the insults to Cherea about the watchwords were well known in the city. 054 Cherea, pleased that Vinucianus did not hesitate to address him in this familiar way, replied, "The watchword of liberty! And thanks for rousing me to even fuller commitment. 055 Not that I need many words to rouse me, since both you and I are of the same mind and share the same resolve, even before we met. I am wearing just one sword but it will serve us both. 056 Come on then, let us do it. Let you lead if you wish, and bid me follow you; or else I will lead with your support and we will act together and trust each other. There is no shortage of swords once the mind is determined to act, for it is the mind that brings the sword into action. 057 I am eager for action, and am not worried about what I may have to suffer, for I have no time to consider the dangers to myself, since I am so pained by the slavery our once free country and the contempt of Gaius for our fine laws and the ruin he has brought on everybody. 058 I hope you will judge me worthy of trust in these matters, as we are both of the same opinion and that you will not disown me in this."

10.

[59] Μινουκιανὸς δὲ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῶν λόγων θεασάμενος ἠσπάζετό τε ἀσμένως καὶ προσπαρίστατο τὴν τόλμαν αὐτοῦ ἐπαινέσας τε καὶ ἀσπασάμενος μετ' εὐχῶν καὶ ἱκετείας ἀπελύοντο. [60] καὶ ἰσχυρίζοντό τινες ὡς βεβαιοῦν τὰ εἰρημένα Εἰσιόντος γὰρ εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον Χαιρέου φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους γενέσθαι τινὸς ἐπ' ἐξορμήσει κελεύοντος περαίνειν μὲν δὴ τὸ πρακτέον καὶ προσλαμβάνειν τὸ δαιμόνιον. [61] καὶ τὸν Χαιρέαν τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑπιδέσθαι, μὴ καί τινος τῶν συνωμοτῶν προδότου γεγονότος ἁλίσκοιτο, καὶ τέλος συνέντα ἐπὶ προτροπῇ φέρειν πρῶτον εἴτε παραινέσει τῶν συνεγνωκότων ἀντισημαίνοντός τινος, εἴτε δὴ καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃς ἐφορᾷ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, αἴροντος αὐτόν. [62] διεληλύθει δὲ διὰ πολλῶν τὸ ἐπιβούλευμα καὶ πάντες ἐν ὅπλοις παρῆσαν, οἱ μὲν τῶν βουλευτῶν ὄντες οἱ δὲ ἱππεῖς καὶ ὁπόσοι τοῦ στρατιωτικοῦ συνῄδεσαν: οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἦν, ὃς μὴ ἐν εὐδαιμονίᾳ ἂν ἠρίθμει τὴν Γαίου μετάστασιν: [63] καὶ δι' αὐτὸ πάντες ἠπείγοντο ὁποίῳ δύναιτό τις τρόπῳ μηδὲ ἑκὼν εἶναι τῆς ἐπὶ τοιούτοις ἀρετῆς ὑστερεῖν, ἀλλ' ὡς ἔχοι προθυμίας ἢ δυνάμεως καὶ λόγοις καὶ δι' ἔργων ἦρτο ἐπὶ τῇ τυραννοκτονίᾳ, [64] ἐπεὶ καὶ Κάλλιστος, ἀπελεύθερος δ' ἦν Γαίου πλεῖστά τε ἀνὴρ εἷς οὗτος ἐπὶ μέγιστον δυνάμεως ἀφίκετο καὶ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ ἰσοτύραννον εἶχε τὴν δύναμιν φόβῳ τε τῶν πάντων καὶ μεγέθει χρημάτων, ἅπερ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ: [65] δωροδοκώτατος γὰρ ἦν καὶ ὑβριστότατος παρ' ὁντινοῦν γίνεται, ἐξουσίᾳ χρησάμενος παρὰ τὸ εἰκός: καὶ ἄλλως τε τοῦ Γαίου τὴν φύσιν ἐξεπιστάμενος ἀνήκεστον οὖσαν καὶ ἐφ' οἷστισι κρίνειεν οὐδαμῶς ἀντισπάσματι χρωμένην, αὐτῷ τε πολλὰς μὲν καὶ ἄλλας αἰτίας τοῦ κινδυνεύειν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν χρημάτων: [66] ὥστε δὴ καὶ Κλαύδιον ἐθεράπευε κρυπτῶς μετακαθίζων πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλπίδι τοῦ κἂν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἥξειν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν Γαίου μεταστάντος, αὐτῷ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν τῆς τιμῆς τὴν ἐφ' ὁμοίοις ἰσχὺν προκαταθέμενος χάριν καὶ φιλανθρωπίας λόγον. [67] ἐτόλμησεν γοῦν εἰπεῖν, ὡς κελευσθεὶς διαχρήσασθαι φαρμάκῳ τὸν Κλαύδιον μυρίας εὕροιτο τοῦ χρήματος τὰς ὑπερβολάς. [68] δοκεῖν δὲ προσεποιεῖτο Κάλλιστος ἐπὶ θήρᾳ τῇ Κλαυδίου τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, ἔπειτα οὔτε Γάιος ὡρμηκὼς μεταχειρίσασθαι Κλαύδιον ἠνείχετο τῶν Καλλίστου προφάσεων οὔτε Κάλλιστος κελευσθείς που τὴν πρᾶξιν εὐκτὸν ὑπελάμβανεν ἢ κακουργῶν εἰς τοῦ δεσπότου τὰς ἐπιστολὰς οὐκ ἂν ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμα τὸν μισθὸν ἐκομίζετο. [69] ἀλλὰ δὴ Κλαυδίῳ μὲν ἔκ τινος θείας δυνάμεως χρήσασθαι μανιῶν τῶν Γαίου, Κάλλιστος προσποιήσασθαι χάριτος κατάθεσιν μηδαμῶς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ γενομένης.
****

059 When Vinucianus saw the fervour he expressed, he gladly embraced him and commended his bold plan, praising and embracing him, and wishing him well as they parted. 060 Some maintain that their words received a confirmation, for as Cherea was entering the senate house, a voice arose from among the crowd to spur him on, telling him finish the task with the help of the gods. 061 Cherea, it seems, suspected at first that one of the conspirators had betrayed him and that he was trapped, but then knew it was to urge him on. Whether the signal was given to encourage him by someone who knew his plans, or whether he was aroused by God, who looks upon the actions of men, is uncertain. 062 The plot was now shared by many and they all turned up in their armour. Some of them were senators and some of the equestrian order and as many of the soldiers as were made aware of it, for there was none who would not reckon the removal of Gaius to be a good thing. 063 So they were all eager in some way or other not be left out of this worthy enterprise, but to have some part, either by word or deed, in the removal of the tyrant. 064 For instance, Callistus: this freedman of Gaius had arrived at the highest power under him, becoming in a way equal to the tyrant himself, through the dread everyone had of him and the amount of wealth he had acquired, 065 for he took huge bribes and was most insolent and abused his power more than any other. He knew the implacable disposition of Gaius, how he never flinched from what he had resolved on, and felt himself in danger for various reasons, not least because of his great wealth. 066 For this reason he secretly ingratiated himself with Claudius and courted his favour, hoping that he would become leader when Gaius was removed, and he could preserve his rank under him, having supported him and gained his goodwill in advance. 067 He dared to pretend that he had been ordered to do away with Claudius by poison, but that he had invented countless excuses for postponing it. 068 But Callistus probably invented this story to ingratiate himself with Claudius, for if Gaius had seriously wanted to remove Claudius, he would not have accepted any excuses; and neither would Callistus, if ordered to do the deed, have regarded it as wrong, for he would not escape paying the price of disobeying his master's orders. 069 No, Claudius was preserved by some divine providence from the madness of Gaius, and Callistus merely claimed a merit that was not truly his.

11.

[70] Τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Χαιρέαν ὑπερβολαὶ τὸ καθ' ἡμέραν ἦσαν ὀκνούντων πολλῶν οὐ γὰρ Χαιρέας ἔσται ἑκὼν εἶναι τοῦ πράσσειν ἀναβολὴν ἐποιεῖτο, πάντα καιρὸν ἐπιτήδειον τῇ πράξει νομίζων. [71] καὶ γὰρ εἰς τὸ Καπετώλιον ἀνιόντα καὶ τὰς θυσίας ὑπὲρ τῆς θυγατρὸς ἐπιτελουμένας ὑπὸ τοῦ Γαίου παρῆν πολλάκις καιρός, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς βασιλικῆς ἱστάμενον καὶ τῷ δήμῳ χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου χρήματα διαρριπτοῦντα ὦσαι κατὰ κεφαλῆς, ὑψηλὸν δ' ἐστὶ τὸ τέγος εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν φέρον, ἐπί τε τῶν μυστηρίων ταῖς ποιήσεσιν ἃ συνίστατο: [72] πάντων γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀπερίοπτον εἶναι προνοίᾳ τοῦ ἐν αὐτοῖς εὐπρεπῶς ἀναστραφησομένου καὶ ἀπογνώσει τοῦ ἐν ἐπιχειρήσει τινὶ γενέσθαι πιστεύοντα εἰ δὲ μηδὲν τίμιον ὡς τῶν θεῶν αὐτῷ δύναμιν τοῦ θανάτου παρατυγχάνειν, [73] αὐτῷ δ' ἂν ἰσχὺν ἐγγενέσθαι καὶ μὴ σιδηροφορουμένῳ διαχρήσασθαι τότε Γάιον. οὕτως εὐχῆς εἶχε τοὺς συνωμότας ὁ Χαιρέας δεδιὼς τοὺς καιροὺς μὴ διαρρυεῖεν. [74] οἱ δὲ ἑώρων μὲν νομίμων τε χρῄζοντα καὶ ἐπ' ἀγαθοῖς τοῖς αὐτῶν ἐπειγόμενον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλ' ἠξίουν εἰς ὀλίγον γοῦν ὑπερβολῇ χρήσασθαι, μὴ καί πῃ σφάλματος τῇ ἐπιχειρήσει συνελθόντος ταράξαιεν τὴν πόλιν ζητήσεων τῶν συνεγνωκότων τὴν πρᾶξιν γινομένων καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς μελλήσουσιν ἐπιχειρεῖν ἄπορον τὴν ἀνδραγαθίαν φραξαμένου Γαίου πρὸς αὐτοὺς μειζόνως. [75] καλῶς οὖν ἔχειν θεωριῶν ἐν τῷ Παλατίῳ ἐπιτελουμένων ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ χρήματος: ἄγονται δὲ ἐπὶ τιμῇ τοῦ πρώτου μεταστησαμένου τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ δήμου Καίσαρος εἰς αὐτὸν μικρόν τε πρὸ τοῦ βασιλείου καλύβης πηκτοῦ γενομένης, καὶ Ῥωμαίων τε οἱ εὐπατρίδαι θεωροῦσιν ὁμοῦ παισὶν καὶ γυναιξὶν καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ: [76] ῥᾳστώνην τε αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι πολλῶν μυριάδων ἀνθρώπων εἰς ὀλίγον χωρίον καθειργνυμένων ὥστε εἰσιόντι τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν ποιήσασθαι δυνάμεως τοῖς ὑπασπισταῖς, εἰ καί τινες προθυμοῖντο, μὴ παρατευξομένης αὐτῷ βοηθεῖν.
****

070 But the execution of Cherea's designs was put off from day to day by the caution of many involved in it. Cherea himself was unwilling to delay its execution, thinking every time suitable for it. 071 Indeed he often had chances, as when Gaius went up to the Capitol to sacrifice for his daughter, or he could have beeen pushed down from the top of his royal palace as he threw gold and silver coins among the people, for the roof of the palace was very high, in the direction of the Forum; or when he celebrated the mysteries that he had appointed. 072 For he was then no way cut off from the people, but concentrated on doing everything carefully and had no suspicion of being attacked by anyone. But even if no god should bring death to Gaius, 073 he himself had the strength to despatch Gaius, even without a sword. So Cherea begged his fellow conspirators, not to let the opportunities pass them by, 074 but though they were aware that he wanted the rule of law and that his eagerness was in their favour, they still wanted him to wait a little longer, in case, if they met some obstacle, they would put the city into convulsion and the conspiracy would be found out and the courage of the conspirators would be foiled, and Gaius would then secure himself more than ever against them. 075 So it would be best to do the deed when the games were held on the Palatine, in honour of the Caesar who first transferred the government of the people to himself. Platforms were set up in front of the palace, where the Roman patricians could look on with their children and their wives, along with Caesar himself. 076 They reckoned that among the many thousands who would there be crowded into a small space, they would have a good chance to set upon him as he came in, because his bodyguards, if any of them wanted to protect him, could not give him any help.

12.

[77] Εἴχετο δὲ Χαιρέας, καὶ τῶν θεωριῶν ἐπελθουσῶν τῇ πρώτῃ δεδογμένον ἅπτεσθαι τῆς πράξεως ἰσχυρότερον ἦν τοῦ κατ' ἐκείνους προβεβουλευκότος τὸ τῆς τύχης συγχωροῦν ὑπερβολάς, καὶ τὰς τρεῖς ὑπερβαλλομένου ταῖς νομίμοις ἡμέραις μόλις κατὰ τὴν τελευταίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπράχθη τὸ ἔργον. [78] Χαιρέας δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς συνωμότας "πολὺς μέν, εἶπεν, καὶ ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος ὀνειδίσαι τὸ ἐπιμέλλον ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς οὕτω βουλευθεῖσιν μετ' ἀρετῆς, δεινὸν δέ, εἰ καὶ μηνύματος γενομένου διαπεσεῖται ἡ πρᾶξις καὶ Γάιος ὑβριεῖ μειζόνως. [79] ἢ οὐχ ὁρῶμεν, ὡς τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀφαιροῦμεν ὁπόσας τῶν ἡμερῶν προσθήκην τῇ Γαίου τυραννίδι χαριζόμεθα, δέον αὐτούς τ' ἀδεεῖς τὸ λοιπὸν εἶναι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις αἰτίαν τοῦ εὐδαίμονος παρασχόντας δι' αἰῶνος τοῦ ἅπαντος τοῖς αὖθις ἐν θαύματι μεγάλῳ [80] καὶ τιμῇ καταστῆναι;" τῶν δὲ οὔτε ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ πάνυ καλοῖς δυναμένων οὔτε τὴν πρᾶξιν ἄντικρυς δεχομένων σιγῇ δὲ καταπεπληγότων "τί, φησίν, ὦ γενναῖοι, διαμέλλομεν; ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾶτε τὴν σήμερον τῶν θεωριῶν ἡμέραν ὑστάτην οὖσαν καὶ Γάιον ἐκπλευσού [81] μενον;" ἐπὶ γὰρ Ἀλεξανδρείας παρεσκεύαστο πλεῖν κατὰ θεωρίαν τῆς Αἰγύπτου. "καλὸν δὲ ἡμῖν προέσθαι τῶν χειρῶν τὸ ὄνειδος τῇ Ῥωμαίων μεγαλαυχίᾳ πομπεῦσον διά τε γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης. [82] πῶς δ' οὐκ ἂν δικαίως κρίνοιμεν αὐτοὺς αἰσχύνῃ τῶν γενησομένων, εἴ τις αὐτὸν Αἰγύπτιος κτείνειεν τὴν ὕβριν οὐχ ἡγησάμενος ἀνασχετὸν τοῖς ἐλευθέροις γεγονόσιν; [83] ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν οὐκέτι εἰς πλείονα ἀνέξομαι τὰς σκήψεις ὑμῶν, χωρήσω δὲ τοῖς κινδύνοις ὁμοῦ σήμερον ἡδονῇ φέρων πᾶν ὅ τι καὶ γένοιτο ἐξ αὐτῶν, οὐδ' ἂν ὑπερβαλλοίμην εἴπερ εἴη: τί γὰρ δὴ καὶ γένοιτ' ἂν ἀνδρὶ φρόνημα ἔχοντι τούτου σχετλιώτερον, ἕτερον Γάιον ἀναιρεῖν ἐμοῦ ζῶντος ἐμὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τῷδε ἀρετὴν ἀφῃρημένον;"
****

077 Cherea agreed to this delay and it was resolved to do the work the first day the games were on. But fortune, which had delayed his assassination, overcame their first resolve, and as the usual three days for these games passed by, they would have to do the business on the last day. 078 Cherea called the conspirators together and said: "It is a shame to us that so much time has passed without carrying out our worthy plan, but this delay will prove more fatal if we are found out and the deed is foiled, for Gaius will act more cruelly then. 079 Don't you see how long we deprive all our friends of their liberty and allow Gaius to tyrannize over them? We should have won them security for the future, and while giving others a chance to prosper, win for ourselves admiration and honour for all time to come." 080 While the conspirators had nothing to say against this but still did not quite relish the deed, and stood silent and dismayed, he added, "Good men, are we still hesitating? Don't you see this is the last day of these games and that Gaius is about to sail away? 081 For he is preparing to sail to Alexandria, in order to see Egypt, and can you honourably let slip from your hands one who is a rebuke to mankind and let him to continue pompously triumphing over land and sea? 082 Should we not be ashamed of ourselves, if we leave it to some Egyptian or other to kill him, though we find his wrongdoing intolerable to free-men? 083 I can no longer bear your pretexts but will take the risk of it myself this day and cheerfully accept he consequences, come what may. For what could be worse for a wise and courageous man than to have someone else kill Gaius in my lifetime, and deprive me of the honour of such a deed?"

13.

[84] Καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα εἰπὼν αὐτός τε ὡρμήκει πράξων τὸ ἔργον καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐνεποίησε θάρσος πᾶσίν τε ἦν ἔρως ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐγχειρήματος μηδὲν ὑπερβαλλομένοις, [85] ἕωθέν τε ἐπὶ τοῦ Παλατίου εἰώθει τὸ ξίφος ὑπεζωσμένος τῶν ἱππικῶν: ἔθος γὰρ δὴ τοῖς χιλιάρχοις τοῦτο ἐζωσμένοις αἰτεῖν παρὰ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος τὸ σημεῖον, ἦν τε ἡ ἡμέρα καθήκουσα εἰς αὐτὸν τῆς παραλήψεως τοῦ σημείου. [86] ἄρτι τε συνῄει πληθὺς εἰς τὸ Παλάτιον ἐπὶ προκαταλήψει θέας πολλῷ θορύβῳ καὶ ὠθισμῷ, χαρᾷ φέροντος Γαίου τὴν ἐπὶ τοιοῖσδε τῶν πολλῶν σπουδήν, παρὸ καὶ διακέκριτο οὐδὲν οὔτε τῇ συγκλήτῳ χωρίον οὔτε τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν, φύρδην δὲ ἕζοντο καὶ τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ὁμοῦ αἱ γυναῖκες καὶ τῷ δούλῳ ἀναμεμιγμένον τὸ ἐλεύθερον. [87] Γάιος δὲ προόδων αὐτῷ γενομένων ἔθυσε τῷ Σεβαστῷ Καίσαρι, ᾧ δὴ καὶ τὰ τῆς θεωρίας ἤγετο, καὶ πίπτοντος τῶν ἱερείων τινὸς συνέβη αἵματι τὴν Ἀσπρήνα στολὴν ἑνὸς τῶν συγκλητικῶν ἀνάπλεων γενέσθαι. τοῦτο Γαίῳ γέλωτα μὲν παρέσχεν, ἦν δ' ἄρα εἰς οἰωνὸν τῷ Ἀσπρήνᾳ φανερόν: ἐπικατασφάζεται γὰρ τῷ Γαίῳ. [88] Γάιον δ' ἱστορεῖται παρὰ φύσιν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ εὐπροσηγορώτατον γενέσθαι κατ' ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ δεξιότητι χρώμενον ὁμιλίας πάνθ' ὁντινοῦν ἐκπλῆξαι τῶν παρατυγχανόντων. [89] μετὰ δὲ τὴν θυσίαν ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν τραπεὶς ἐκαθέζετο καὶ περὶ αὐτὸν τῶν ἑταίρων οἱ ἀξιολογώτατοι. [90] κατεσκεύαστο δὲ τὸ θέατρον, πηκτὸν δὲ ἐγίνετο κατὰ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτόν, τοιόνδε τρόπον: θύρας ἔχει δύο φερούσας τὴν μὲν εἰς αἴθριον, τὴν δ' εἰς στοὰν εἰσόδοις καὶ ἀποχωρήσεσιν, ὅπως μὴ ταράσσοιντο οἱ ἔνδον ἀπειλημμένοι, ἐκ δ' αὐτῆς τῆς καλύβης ἐνδοτέρω διαφράγμασιν ἑτέραν ἀπειληφυίαις ἐπ' ἀναστροφῇ τοῖς ἀνταγωνισταῖς καὶ ὁπόσα ἀκροάματα. [91] συγκαθημένης δὲ τῆς πληθύος καὶ τοῦ Χαιρέου σὺν τοῖς χιλιάρχοις οὐκ ἄπωθεν τοῦ Γαίου, δεξιὸν δὲ τοῦ θεάτρου κέρας ὁ Καῖσαρ εἶχεν, Βαθύβιός τις τῶν συγκλητικῶν ἀνὴρ ἐστρατηγηκὼς ἤρετο Κλούιον παρακαθεζόμενον αὐτῷ καὶ τοῦτον ὑπατικόν, εἰ δή τις αὐτῷ νεωτέρων πραγμάτων πέρι ἀφίκοιτο πύστις, προμηθὴς γενόμενος τοῦ μὴ ἐξάκουστος εἶναι τάδε λέγων. [92] τοῦ δὲ φαμένου μηδὲν πεπύσθαι σημεῖον "τοιγαροῦν, ὦ Κλούιε, τυραννοκτονίας ἀγὼν πρόκειται." καὶ ὁ Κλούιος "ὦ γενναῖε, φησίν, σίγα, μή τις τ' ἄλλος [93] Ἀχαιῶν μῦθον ἀκούσῃ." πολλῆς δ' ὀπώρας ἐπιχεομένης τοῖς θεωροῖς καὶ πολλῶν ὀρνέων ὁπόσα τῷ σπανίῳ τίμια τοῖς κτωμένοις, ὁ Γάιος ἡδονῇ τὰς περὶ αὐτοῖς ἐθεώρει μάχας καὶ διαρπαγὰς οἰκειουμένων αὐτὰ τῶν θεωρῶν. [94] ἔνθα δὲ καὶ σημεῖα μανθάνει δύο γενέσθαι: καὶ γὰρ μῖμος εἰσάγεται, καθ' ὃν σταυροῦται ληφθεὶς ἡγεμών, ὅ τε ὀρχηστὴς δρᾶμα εἰσάγει Κινύραν, ἐν ᾧ αὐτός τε ἐκτείνετο καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ Μύρρα, αἷμά τε ἦν τεχνητὸν πολὺ καὶ περὶ τὸν σταυρωθέντα ἐκκεχυμένον καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Κινύραν. [95] ὁμολογεῖται δὲ καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην γενέσθαι, ἐν ᾗ Φίλιππον τὸν Ἀμύντου Μακεδόνων βασιλέα κτείνει Παυσανίας εἷς τῶν ἑταίρων εἰς τὸ θέατρον εἰσιόντα. [96] Γαίου δ' ἐνδοιάζοντος, εἴτε παραμείνειεν εἰς τέλος τῇ θεωρίᾳ διὰ τὸ τελευταίαν εἶναι τὴν ἡμέραν εἴτε λουτρῷ χρησάμενος καὶ σίτῳ εἶτα ἐπανίοι καθὰ καὶ οἱ πρότερον, Μινουκιανὸς ὑπὲρ τοῦ Γαίου καθεζόμενος καὶ δεδιώς, μὴ διαλυθείη τὰ τῶν καιρῶν εἰς κενόν, ἐξαναστὰς ἐπειδὴ καὶ Χαιρέαν ἑώρα προεξεληλυθότα, ἠπείγετο θαρσύνειν αὐτὸν προελθών. [97] λαμβάνεται δ' αὐτοῦ τῆς στολῆς Γάιος κατὰ φιλοφροσύνην δῆθεν καί "ποῖ δή, φησίν, ὦ μακάριε;" καὶ ὁ μὲν αἰδοῖ δοκεῖν τοῦ Καίσαρος καθίζει, κρείσσων δ' ὁ φόβος ἦν ὀλίγον τε διαλιπὼν εἶτα διανίσταται. [98] καὶ ὁ Γάιος οὐδὲν ἐμποδὼν ἦν ἐξιόντι δοκῶν ἐπί τινι τῶν ἀναγκαίων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἔξοδον. Ἀμβρώνας δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς παρῄνει τῷ Γαίῳ καθὸ πρότερον ὑπεξελθόντι πρός τε λουτρῷ καὶ ἀρίστῳ γενέσθαι καὶ ἔπειτα δὲ εἰσελθεῖν, χρῄζων ἐπὶ πέρας ἀχθῆναι τὰ ἐγνωσμένα.
****

084 So he eagerly set about the work and inspired the others with courage to go on with it, so that all were eager to do it without further delay. 085 So he was at the Palatine in the morning, wearing his equestrian sword, for it was customary for the tribunes to wear their swords when asking the emperor for the watchword, and this was the day when he usually received the watchword. 086 The people had already arrived in large crowds at the palace, to be in time to see the games, and were restlessly jostling each other, and Gaius was pleased with their enthusiasm, and so no fixed seating was assigned, and no special places for the senators, or for the equestrian order, but all were seated at random, men and women together and free-men mixing with the slaves. 087 Gaius came out solemnly and offered sacrifice to Augustus Caesar, in whose honour these games were celebrated. Now it so happened that a priest fell and that the toga of a senator, Asprenas, was covered with blood, which made Gaius laugh, though it was ominous for Asprenas, for he was struck down over Gaius' dead body. 088 It is also reported that on that day, contrary to his usual custom, Gaius was so very affable and good-natured in conversation, that all of those present were astonished at it. 089 When the sacrifice was done, Gaius went and sat down to see the games, surrounded by his best friends. 090 The theatre was arranged in the usual way. It had two doors, one leading to the open air while the other was for entering or leaving the porticoes, so as not to disturb those inside the theatre. From one gallery ran an inner passage, also in sections and leading to another gallery, as an exit when required for the combatants and musicians. 091 When the people had sat down and Cherea and the other tribunes were also seated and the right corner of the theatre was assigned to Caesar, Vatinius, a leading senator asked Cluvius, a dignitary who was sitting beside him, if he had heard any news, taking care that nobody else could hear. 092 When Cluvius said he had heard no news, Vatinius said, "Well, the play about the slaughter of tyrants is on today." Cluvius replied "My brave friend, be quiet in case some other Greek should hear the myth." 093 A lot of autumn fruit was thrown among the spectators and many birds too, valued for their rarity, and Gaius enjoyed seeing the birds fighting for the fruits and the eagerness with which the spectators seized them. 094 Then he saw two strange things. A mime was performed, in which a brigand chief was crucified, and then they mimed a play called Cinyras, who was to be killed with his daughter Myrrha, so a great deal of stage blood was shed, around the crucified man and Cinyras. 095 This was declared to be the same date on which Pausanias killed his friend king Philip of Macedon, son of Amyntas, as he was entering the theatre. 096 Now as it was the final day, Gaius was wondering whether to wait until the end of the games, or whether to go first to the baths and dinner and then return to the theatre as before. This made Vinucianus, who was sitting above Gaius, fear that the opportunity might pass them by, and when he saw Cherea going out, he was hurrying to urge him to go ahead; 097 but Gaius affably took hold of his toga and said, "My good man, where are you going?" Out of respect for Caesar, as it seemed, he sat down again, but seized by fear he soon got up again. 098 This time Gaius did not prevent him from leaving, thinking he was going to answer a call of nature. Asprenas, one of the allies, persuaded Gaius to go to the baths and to dinner and then to return, wanting to achieve what they had resolved upon.

14.

[99] Καὶ οἱ περὶ τὸν Χαιρέαν ἔτασσον μὲν ἀλλήλους ᾗ καιρός τε καὶ ἐχρῆν ἕκαστον στάντα ᾗ προσταχθείη μὴ ἀπολιμπάνεσθαι ἐπιπονοῦντες. ἤχθοντο δὲ τῇ διατριβῇ καὶ τῷ μέλλεσθαι τὰ ἐν χερσίν, ἐπεὶ καὶ περὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν ἤδη τὰ τῆς ἡμέρας ἦν. [100] καὶ Χαιρέας βραδύνοντος Γαίου πρόθυμος ἦν ἐπεισελθεῖν ἐν τῇ καθέδρᾳ προσπεσὼν μέντοι προῄδει τοῦτο σὺν πολλῷ φόνῳ τῶν τε βουλευτῶν καὶ ὁπόσοι τῶν ἱππέων παρῆσαν καίπερ δεδιὼς πρόθυμος ἦν, καλῶς ἔχειν ἡγούμενος πᾶσιν ἀσφάλειαν καὶ ἐλευθερίαν ὠνούμενος ἐν ὀλίγῳ τίθεσθαι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς ἀπολουμένους. [101] καὶ δὴ τετραμμένων εἰς τὸ θέατρον εἰσόδῳ σημαίνεται Γάιος ἐξαναστὰς καὶ θόρυβος ἦν, ἀνέστρεφον δὲ καὶ οἱ συνωμόται καὶ ἀνεωθοῦντο τὴν πληθύν, λόγῳ μὲν διὰ τὸ δυσχεραίνειν τὸν Γάιον, ἔργῳ δὲ ἐπ' ἀδείας βουλόμενοι ἐν ἐρημίᾳ τῶν ἀμυνουμένων καταστήσαντες αὐτὸν ἅπτεσθαι τῆς σφαγῆς. [102] προεξῄεσαν δὲ Κλαύδιος μὲν ὁ πάτρως αὐτοῦ καὶ Μᾶρκος Βινίκιος ὁ τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἀνὴρ ἔτι δὲ Οὐαλέριος Ἀσιατικός, οὓς οὐδὲ βουλομένοις διακλεῖσαι δύναμις ἦν αἰδοῖ τῆς ἀξιώσεως, εἵπετο δ' αὐτὸς σὺν Παύλῳ Ἀρουντίῳ. [103] ἐπεὶ δ' ἐντὸς ἦν τοῦ βασιλείου, τὰς μὲν ἐπ' εὐθείας ὁδοὺς λείπει, καθ' ἃς διεστήκεσαν τῶν δούλων οἱ θεραπεύοντες αὐτὸν καὶ προῄεσαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Κλαύδιον: [104] τρέπεται δὲ κατὰ στενωπὸν ἠρεμηκότα καὶ ἐπὶ τόπον πρὸς λουτροῖς γενησόμενος ἅμα καὶ παῖδας οἳ ἥκεσαν ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας κατανοήσων, πομπῆς αὐτῶν ἐκεῖθεν γενομένης ἐπὶ ὕμνοις μυστηρίων ἃ ἐπετέλει, ἔνιοι δὲ κατὰ πυρριχισμούς, οἳ ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις ἔσοιντο. [105] ὑπαντιάζει δ' αὐτὸν Χαιρέας καὶ ᾔτησεν σημεῖον. τοῦ δὲ τῶν εἰς χλεύην ἀνακειμένων εἰπόντος οὐδὲν ἐνδοιάσας λοιδορίαις τε ἐχρᾶτο κατὰ τοῦ Γαίου καὶ σπασάμενος τὸ ξίφος ἐπάγει πληγὴν σφοδράν: οὐ μήν γε ἦν καίριος. [106] καίτοι γέ φασίν τινες προνοίᾳ τοῦ Χαιρέου γενέσθαι τοῦ μὴ μιᾷ πληγῇ διεργάσασθαι τὸν Γάιον, ἀλλὰ τιμωρεῖσθαι μειζόνως πλήθει τραυμάτων. [107] οὐ μὴν ἐμοὶ πιθανὸς οὗτος ὁ λόγος διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐπιχωρεῖν ἐν ταῖσδε ταῖς πράξεσιν λογισμῷ χρῆσθαι τὸν φόβον, Χαιρέαν δέ, εἴπερ οὕτως ἐφρόνει, πάντων ἥγημαι μωρίᾳ διαφέρειν ἡδονὴν τῇ ὀργῇ χαριζόμενον μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκ τοῦ ὀξέος ἀπαλλαγὴν αὑτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς συνωμόταις κινδύνων χαριζόμενον, διὰ τὸ πολλὰς ἂν μηχανὰς ἔτι γενέσθαι βοηθειῶν Γαίῳ μὴ φθάντι τὴν ψυχὴν ἀφεῖναι κἀνταῦθα Χαιρέᾳ λόγον ἂν γενέσθαι οὐ περὶ τῆς Γαίου τιμωρίας, ἀλλὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν φίλων, [108] ὅπου γε καὶ πράξαντι καλῶς ἂν εἶχε σιγῇ χρωμένῳ διαδιδράσκειν τὰς ὀργὰς τῶν ἀμυνομένων, οὐχ ὅπως ἄδηλον εἰ τύχοι κατορθῶν ἐπ' ἀλόγοις χρῄζειν αὐτόν τε ἀπολέσαι καὶ τὸν καιρόν. καὶ τάδε μὲν εἰκάζειν παρέστω τοῖς βουλομένοις ᾗ καὶ θέλοιεν. [109] ὁ δὲ Γάιος ἀλγηδόνι τῆς πληγῆς περιφερόμενος, μεσσηγὺς γὰρ τοῦ τε ὤμου καὶ τοῦ τραχήλου φερόμενον τὸ ξίφος ἐπέσχεν ἡ κλεὶς προσωτέρω χωρεῖν, οὔτε ἀνεβόησεν ὑπ' ἐκπλήξεως οὔτε ἐπεκαλέσατό τινας τῶν φίλων εἴτε ἀπιστίᾳ εἴτε καὶ ἄλλως ἀφρονήσει, στόνῳ δὲ χρησάμενος πρὸς τῆς ἀλγηδόνος τὸ περιὸν εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν ἵετο φυγῇ. [110] καὶ δεξάμενος αὐτὸν Κορνήλιος Σαβῖνος τὴν διάνοιαν ἤδη προκατειργασμένον ὠθεῖ καὶ κλιθέντα ἐπὶ γόνυ πολλοὶ περιστάντες ἀφ' ἑνὸς ἐγκελεύσματος ἔκοπτον τοῖς ξίφεσιν, παρακελευσμός τε τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ πρὸς ἔρις αὐτοῖς ἦν. τελευταῖα δὲ Ἀκύλας, ὁμολογεῖται δὲ ὑπὸ πάντων πληγὴν ἐπαγαγών, μεθίστησιν αὐτὸν ἀκριβῶς. [111] ἀναθείη δ' ἄν τις τὴν πρᾶξιν Χαιρέᾳ: καὶ γὰρ εἰ σὺν πολλοῖς ἐπράχθη τὸ ἔργον αὐτῷ, ἀλλ' οὖν πρῶτός τε ἐνεθυμήθη εἶναι μέντοι αὐτῷ ὃς προλαβὼν πολὺ τῶν ἁπάντων, [112] καὶ πρῶτος μὲν τολμηρῶς ἐξεῖπεν τοῖς λοιποῖς, δεχομένων δὲ τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ φόνῳ λόγον σποράδας τε ἤθροισεν καὶ τὰ πάντα φρονίμως συγκροτήσας ἔνθα γνωμῶν εἰσηγήσεως ἐχρῆν πολὺ κρείσσων ἐγίγνετο καὶ λόγοις καθωμίλησεν χρηστοῖς ὡς οὐ τολμῶντας ἠνάγκασέν τε τοὺς ἅπαντας, [113] ἐπεί τε καιρὸς ἐλάμβανεν χειρὶ χρήσασθαι, φαίνεται κἀνταῦθα πρῶτός τε ὁρμήσας καὶ ἁψάμενος ἀρετῇ τοῦ φόνου καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐεπίβατον παρασχὼν καὶ προτεθνεῶτα Γάιον, ὥστ' ἂν δικαίως καὶ ὁπόσα τοῖς λοιποῖς εἴη πεπραγμένα τῇ Χαιρέου γνώμῃ τε καὶ ἀρετῇ προστίθεσθαι καὶ πόνῳ τῶν χειρῶν.
****

099 Cherea's associates had placed themselves as required and found it hard not to leave the places assigned to them. They were irritated by the tedious wait and felt that their affair could not be much longer delayed, as it was already about the ninth hour of the day. 100 Gaius delayed so long that Cherea was ready to go in and attack him where he sat, though he foresaw that this could not be done without much bloodshed to the senators and those of the equestrian order that were present; but despite this risk, he was still inclined to do it, thinking it fair to win security and freedom for all at the expense of whoever might die at the time. 101 As they turned back to the entrance to the theatre, word reached them that Gaius had risen to his feet, and that there was a crowd around him. So the conspirators thrust the crowd away, on the pretext that they were an annoyance to Gaius, but really wishing to have a quiet place to murder him, with none around him to defend him. 102 His uncle Claudius had already left with Marcus Vinicius his sister's husband, and Valellus of Asia, and though they might have wished to prevent them from leaving, they did not do so, out of respect for their dignity. Then Gaius followed, along with Paulus Arruntius. 103 Once within the palace, he left the main path, along which his servants stood in waiting and along which Claudius and his group had gone ahead. 104 The emperor turned aside into a narrow lane, a short-cut to the baths, to look at the Asian boys who were sent out from there to sing hymns in the mysteries which were now being celebrated and to dance in the Pyrrhic style in the theatre. 105 Cherea accosted him and asked him for the watchword. Then when Gaius gave him one of his ridiculous words, without hesitation he poured insults on him and drew his sword and with it gave him a mighty blow, though not a fatal one. 106 Some say that Cherea planned it that way, not to kill Gaius at a single stroke but to punish him more severely with many wounds; 107 but this seems incredible to me, for in such actions men's fear does not let them use their reason. If this was Cherea's intention, I would deem him the greatest of fools, for venting his spite against Gaius instead of immediately putting himself and his allies out of danger, since many things could still happen to help Gaius, if he had not passed away at once. Surely Cherea would concentrate less on punishing Gaius than on himself and his friends, 108 when he could keep silent after the deed was done, and escape the anger of Gaius's defenders and not leave it to chance whether or not he would achieve his purpose, and risk ruining himself and miss the chance that lay before him. But people may speculate about this matter as they please. 109 At any rate, Gaius reeled at the pain of the blow, for the sword fell between his shoulder and his neck, where his collar-bone blocked it from proceeding any further. In his shock he neither cried out nor called for any of his friends, either because he had no confidence in them or that his mind was so disordered, but he groaned in pain and tried to flee. 110 Cornelius Sabinus, who was already decided to do so, pushed him down on his knees, where many of them stood around him and struck him with their swords, calling out and urging each other to strike him again, and all agree that Aquila gave him the stroke that finished him off. 111 Still, we may justly attribute the deed to Cherea, for although many took a hand in the action, he was the first to plan it 112 and began to prepare for it long before the others and was the first to boldly speak of it to the others. When they accepted what he said, it was he who gathered the scattered conspirators and prepared everything well and gave good advice. He proved far superior to the rest and soothed them with his words, and even compelled some whose courage was failing to persevere in their purpose. 113 Then when given the chance to wield the sword, he was the first willing to do so and struck the first blow in this virtuous execution. It was he who put Gaius into the others' power and left him as good as dead, so that it is only fair to attribute all that the others did to Cherea's advice and bravery and handiwork.

15.

[114] Καὶ Γάιος μὲν τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ χρησάμενος τῆς τελευτῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ πολλοῦ τῶν τραυμάτων ἀποψυχθεὶς ἔκειτο. [115] οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Χαιρέαν ἐπειδὴ κατείργαστο αὐτοῖς ἤδη Γάιος, ὁδοὺς μὲν τὰς αὐτὰς ἰόντες σώζειν αὑτοὺς ἀμήχανον ἑώρων, ὄκνῳ τε τῶν γεγονότων, οὐ γὰρ μικρὸν ἦν τὸν αὐτοκράτορα ἀνῃρηκόσι τὸ κινδύνευμα ὑπό τε ἀνοίας τοῦ δήμου τιμώμενον καὶ ὄντα προσφιλῆ καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν μὴ ἀναιμωτὶ ποιησομένων τὴν ζήτησιν αὐτοῦ, [116] ἄλλως τε στενῶν οὐσῶν τῶν ὁδῶν, καθ' ἃς ἔπραξαν τὸ ἔργον, καὶ μεγάλου πλήθους ἐμφράξαντος αὐτὰς τῆς τε θεραπείας καὶ ὁπόσοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπὶ φυλακῇ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ἐκείνην παρῆσαν τὴν ἡμέραν, [117] ὁδούς τε ἑτέρας χωροῦντες παρῆσαν εἰς τὴν Γερμανικοῦ μὲν οἰκίαν τοῦ Γαίου πατρός, ὃν τότε ἀνῃρήκεσαν, συνημμένη δὲ ἐκείνη, διὰ τὸ ἓν τὸ βασίλειον ὂν ἐπ' οἰκοδομίαις ἑκάστου τῶν ἐν τῇ ἡγεμονίᾳ γεγονότων ἀσκηθὲν ἀπὸ μέρους ὀνόματι τῶν οἰκοδομηθησομένων ἢ καί τι τῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκήσεις ἀρξάντων τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν παρασχέσθαι. [118] καὶ διεκπεσόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους τὴν ἔφοδον ἐν ἀδείᾳ τὸ παρὸν ἦσαν λανθάνοντος ἀκμὴν κακοῦ τοῦ τὸν αὐτοκράτορα παρειληφότος. [119] πρώτους δὲ εἰς τοὺς Γερμανοὺς ἡ αἴσθησις ἀφίκετο τῆς Γαίου τελευτῆς. δορυφόροι δ' ἦσαν οὗτοι ὁμώνυμοι τῷ ἔθνει ἀφ' οὗ κατειλέχατο Κελτικοῦ τάγμα παρεχόμενοι τὸ αὐτῶν. [120] θυμῷ δὲ χρῆσθαι πάτριόν ἐστιν αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ σπάνιον εἴ τισιν ἑτέροις βαρβάρων διὰ τὸ ἡσσόνως λογισμὸν ἐπιδέχεσθαι τῶν ποιουμένων, ῥωμαλέοι τε τοῖς σώμασι καὶ τῇ πρώτῃ ὁρμῇ συνιόντες τοῖς πολεμίοις, οὓς ἂν νομίσωσι, μεγάλα κατορθοῦντες. [121] οὗτοι οὖν πυθόμενοι τοῦ Γαίου τὴν σφαγὴν καὶ περιαλγήσαντες διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀρετῇ κρίνειν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὅλοις, ἀλλὰ συμφέροντι τῷ αὐτῶν, μάλιστα δὲ αὐτοῖς προσφιλὴς ἦν Γάιος δόσεσι χρημάτων τὸ εὔνουν αὑτῷ κτώμενος, [122] σπασάμενοι τὰ ξίφη, προειστήκει δ' αὐτῶν Σαβῖνος χιλιαρχῶν οὐ δι' ἀρετὴν καὶ γενναιότητα προγόνων, μονομάχος γὰρ ἦν, ἰσχύι δὲ σώματος τὴν ἐπὶ τοιούτοις κτησάμενος ἄθροισιν ἀρετήν, διεξῄεσαν τῆς οἰκίας ἀνερευνώμενοι τοὺς σφαγέας τοῦ Καίσαρος. [123] Ἀσπρήναν τε κρεουργήσασιν αὐτοῖς διὰ τὸ πρώτῳ περιπεσεῖν, οὗ τὴν στολὴν μιᾶναν τὸ αἷμα τῶν θυμάτων, ὥς μοι λέλεκται πρότερον, οὐκ ἐπ' ἀγαθῷ τὴν συντυχίαν ἀπεσήμαινε τοῦ γεγονότος δεύτερος, Νωρβανὸς ὑπηντίαζεν ἐν τοῖς γενναιοτάτοις τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ πολλοὺς αὐτοκράτορας παρεχόμενος τῶν προπατόρων. [124] καὶ μηδὲν αἰδουμένων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀξίωσιν ἰσχύι προύχων ἀφαιρεῖται τὸ ξίφος τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν ἐπιόντων συμπλακεὶς φανερός τε ἦν οὐκ ἀπραγμόνως τεθνηξόμενος, μέχρι δὴ περισχεθεὶς πολλοῖς τῶν ἐπιφερομένων ἔπεσεν ὑπὸ πλήθους τραυμάτων. [125] τρίτος δὲ Ἀντήιος τῶν ἐκ τῆς βουλῆς σὺν ὀλίγοις, οὐ τυχαίως τοῖς Γερμανοῖς καθάπερ οἱ πρότερον περιπεσών, ὑπὸ δὲ φιλοθεαμοσύνης καὶ ἡδονῆς τοῦ αὐτόπτης γενόμενος Γαίου κειμένου μῖσος εὐφρᾶναι τὸ πρὸς αὐτόν: τὸν γὰρ πατέρα τοῦ Ἀντηίου καὶ ὁμώνυμον φυγάδα ἐλάσας καὶ μὴ ἀρκεσθεὶς κτείνει στρατιώτας ἀποπέμψας. [126] καὶ παρῆν μὲν διὰ τάδε εὐφρανούμενος θεωρίᾳ τοῦ νεκροῦ, θορυβουμένης δὲ τῆς οἰκίας κρύπτειν αὑτὸν ἐνθυμησάμενος οὐ διαφυγγάνει τῶν Γερμανῶν τό τε εἰς τὴν ἔρευναν ἀκριβὲς κἀπὶ τοῖς φόνοις ὁμοίως τῶν τε αἰτίων καὶ μὴ ἐξαγριωσάντων. καὶ οἵδε μὲν ταύτῃ τεθνήκεσαν.
****

114 So Gaius met his end and there he lay, lifeless, from the many wounds he had received. 115 Once Gaius was dead, Cherea's party saw that they could not save themselves by all going off in the same direction, but they were stunned, knowing they were in significant danger for killing an emperor who was honoured and loved by the senseless people, especially when the soldiers were likely to make a bloody search for his murderers; 116 and the alleys where the deed had been done were narrow, and thronged with many of the emperor's attendants, among them the soldiers who were his bodyguard that day. 117 So they took different paths and came to the house of Germanicus, the father of Gaius, whom they had just killed. This adjoined the palace, for while the building was one, it was divided into several parts by those who had been emperors and each part bore the name of whoever built it or the name of him who had begun to build part of it. 118 So they got away from the crowd and were out of danger for the moment, until what had happened to the emperor became known. 119 The Germans were the first to notice that Gaius had been killed. These were his bodyguard, bearing the name of the country from which they were chosen, and they formed the Celtic legion. 120 The men of that country are naturally passionate, as is often the case with other barbarians too, not given to thinking much about what they are about to do. They are robust in body and whenever attacked, they counter-attack their enemies with great success. 121 When these German guards grasped that Gaius had been killed, they were very upset, for they did not judge wisely about the common good, but measured everything in terms of advantage for themselves, and Gaius was popular with them for the money he had given them, by which he had bought their goodwill. 122 So they drew their swords led on by Sabinus who was a tribune, not due to any virtue or nobility of his ancestors, for he had been a gladiator whose physical strength had won him that army rank, and they went out the palace searching for Caesar's murderers. 123 Asprenas was the first man they came across and they hacked him to pieces, his garment was stained by the sacrificial blood which, as I said earlier, boded him no good. Norbanus was the second to meet them, one of the noblest citizens whose dignity they disregarded though he had many generals among his ancestors. 124 He was so strong that he wrested the sword from hands of the first man who attacked him and was clearly not going to die without struggle. But he was surrounded by many assailants and died of multiple wounds. 125 The third was Anteius, a senator who came with a few companions and did not meet these Germans by chance, as the others had, for he came for the pleasure of seeing with his own eyes Gaius lying there dead; for he had banished Anteius's father, of the same name, and not content with that, sent his soldiers and killed him. 126 Therefore this man had come to enjoy the sight of the emperor's corpse. As the house was all in confusion he tried to hide, but could not escape the Germans' careful search as they wantonly killed those who were guilty along with those who were not. That is how these people were killed.

16.

[127] Εἰς δὲ τὸ θέατρον ἐπεὶ ἀφίκετο ὁ λόγος περὶ τῆς Γαίου τελευτῆς, ἔκπληξίς τε καὶ ἀπιστία ἦν: οἱ μὲν γὰρ καὶ πάνυ ἡδονῇ δεχόμενοι τὸν ὄλεθρον αὐτοῦ κἂν πρὸ πολλοῦ ἡγησάμενοι σφίσιν ἀγαθὸν συνελθεῖν ὑπὸ δέους ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ ἦσαν. [128] εἰσὶ δ' οἷς καὶ πάνυ ἀπ' ἐλπίδων ἦν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐθέλειν τι τοιόνδε περὶ τῷ Γαίῳ γεγονέναι μηδὲ ἀληθείᾳ προστίθεσθαι διὰ τὸ μὴ οἷόν τε ἀνθρώπῳ εἶναι τοιᾷδε ἀρετῇ χρῆσθαι. [129] γύναια δ' ἦν ταῦτα καὶ παῖδες ὁπόσοι τε δοῦλοι καί τινες τοῦ στρατιωτικοῦ, οἱ μὲν διὰ τὸ μισθοφορεῖν καὶ οὐδὲν ἀλλ' ἢ συντυραννοῦντες καὶ διακονίᾳ τῆς κατ' ἐκεῖνον ὕβρεως ἐπανασειόμενοι τοῖς κρατίστοις τῶν πολιτῶν τιμῆς τε ἅμα καὶ ὠφελειῶν τυγχάνειν, [130] ἡ δὲ αὖ γυναικωνῖτις καὶ τὸ νεώτερον, ὅπερ ὄχλος φιλεῖ, θεωρίαις τε καὶ μονομαχιῶν δόσεσιν καί τινων κρεανομιῶν ἡδοναῖς ἀνειλημμένοι, ἃ ἐπράσσετο λόγῳ μὲν ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ τῆς πληθύος, τὸ δ' ἀληθὲς ἐκπιμπλάντα τῆς μανίας Γαίου τὴν ὠμότητα: [131] οἱ δὲ δοῦλοι διὰ τὸ ἐν προσηγορίᾳ τε εἶναι καὶ καταφρονήματι τῶν δεσποτῶν, ἀποστροφῆς τῷ ὑβρίζοντι αὐτὴν οὔσης τῆς κατ' ἐκεῖνον ἐπικουρίας: ῥᾴδιον γὰρ ψευσαμένοις τε κατὰ τῶν κυρίων πεπιστεῦσθαι καὶ τὰ χρήματα ἐνδείξασιν αὐτῶν ἅμα ἐλευθέροις τε εἶναι καὶ πλουσίοις μισθῷ τῶν κατηγοριῶν διὰ τὸ ἆθλα αὐτοῖς προκεῖσθαι τὰς ὀγδόας τῶν οὐσιῶν. [132] τῶν δὲ εὐπατριδῶν εἰ καί τισιν πιστὸς ὁ λόγος φανείη, τοῖς μὲν ἐκ τοῦ προειδέναι τὴν ἐπιβουλήν, τοῖς δ' ὑπὸ τοῦ θέλειν εὐκτὸν ἡγουμένοις, σιγῇ παρεδίδοτο οὐ μόνον ἡ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἠγγελμένοις χαρά, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ δόξα τῆς ἀκροάσεως, [133] οἱ μὲν δεδιότες, μὴ καὶ ψευσθεῖσιν ἐλπίδος τιμωρίᾳ συνέλθοιεν ὡς προεξορμήσασιν ἀποφήνασθαι τὴν διάνοιαν ἑαυτῶν, οἱ δ' ἐξεπιστάμενοι διὰ τὸ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς μετασχεῖν μειζόνως ἔκρυπτον ἀλλήλων ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ δεδιότες, μὴ πρός τινα εἰπόντες, οἷς ἡ τυραννὶς ἑστῶσα ὠφέλιμος ἦν, ζῶντος Γαίου κολασθεῖεν ἐνδείξεως γενομένης. [134] ἐπεὶ καὶ ἕτερος ἐπεφοιτήκει λόγος ὡμιληκέναι μὲν τραύμασιν, οὐ μὴν ἀποθανεῖν, ἀλλὰ ζῶντα ἐν θεραπείαις ὑπὸ τῶν ἰατρῶν εἶναι. [135] ἦν τε πιστὸς οὐθεὶς οὐδενί, ᾧ κἂν θαρσήσας γνώμην ἀποφαίνοιτο τὴν αὐτοῦ: ἢ γὰρ φίλος ὢν ὕποπτος ἐγίνετο εὐνοίᾳ τῆς τυραννίδος ἢ καὶ μίσει πρὸς ἐκεῖνον χρώμενος τῷ πρὸς αὐτὸν οὐδαμόθεν εὐνοίᾳ χρωμένῳ διαφθείρειν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις πίστιν. [136] ἐλέγετο δὲ ὑπό τινων, οἳ καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς εὐπατρίδαις ἠφάνιζον τὸ εὐθυμοῦν τῆς ἐλπίδος, ἐν ἀμελείᾳ κινδύνων γεγονότα καὶ ἄφροντιν κομιδῇ τῶν τραυμάτων, ὥσπερ εἶχεν ᾑματωμένον ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς διεκπεσεῖν κἀν δημηγορίαις εἶναι. [137] καὶ τάδε μὲν εἰκάζετο βουλήσει τῇ ἀλογίστῳ τῶν θροεῖν προθεμένων καὶ ἐπ' ἀμφότερα δόξῃ τῶν ἀκουόντων λαμβανόμενα: οὐ μὴν τήν γ' ἐνέδραν ἐξέλιπον δεδιότες τὴν ἐπενεχθησομένην προεξιοῦσιν αἰτίαν: οὐ γὰρ ἐφ' ἧς ἀξιοῖεν διανοίας γενήσεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῖς τὴν κρίσιν, ἀλλ' ἀφ' ἧς εἰκάζειν ἐθελήσειαν τούς τε κατηγορήσοντας καὶ τοὺς δικάζοντας.
****

127 When word of Gaius' death reached the theatre, there was astonishment and disbelief. Even some who welcomed his assassination and were more eager for it than almost any other news they could hear, were afraid to believe it. 128 Some dismissed it entirely, unwilling to credit that any such thing should happen to Gaius, since they thought no man had the courage to kill him. 129 Among them were the womenfold and children and slaves and some of the soldiers, who had taken his pay and in a way were tyrants along with him and for the sake of their status and profit had been subservient to his arrogance and abused the best of the citizens. 130 The womanly spirits and the youth had been inveigled by shows and gladiatorial battles and handouts of meat which had been given under pretext of caring for the people but which really served to satisfy the savagery and madness of Gaius. 131 The slaves too were sorry, for he had allowed them to accuse and scorn their masters and they could appeal to his help if harshly treated by them, for he readily believed them against their masters, even if the accusation was false, and if they disclosed where their money was they could soon gain both riches and freedom in return for their accusations, because the reward for informing was one eighth of the property. 132 The report appeared credible to some of the patricians, either because they had knowledge of the plot or because they wanted it to be true, but they concealed not only their joy at the report of it, but even that they had heard of it at all. 133 They were afraid that if the report proved false, they might be punished for having so soon shown others what they thought. But those who knew that Gaius was dead because they were part of the conspiracy were even more secretive, not knowing who else was involved and fearing to speak of it to some who had favoured the tyranny, and if Gaius proved to be alive, they might be reported and punished. 134 Another report went round that he had been wounded but had not yet died, and was alive under the care of the physicians. 135 Nobody was trusted enough to be told by another the secrets of one's heart, for he was either a friend and suspected of favouring his tyranny, or one who hated him, and therefore might be less believable about him, due to ill-will. 136 Some even said, and this indeed dampened the high hopes of the patricians, that Gaius had shrugged off his dangers and neglected to care for his wounds, and had fled to the Forum, where, covered in blood, he was making a speech to the people. 137 These were the conjectures of people who like to stir things up, and were given various slants according to the views of the bearers. So they did not leave their seats, for fear that if one left before the rest he could accused and sentenced not for his real reason for leaving but because of the views of their accusers and judges.

17.

[138] Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ πλῆθος τῶν Γερμανῶν περιέσχε τὸ θέατρον ἐσπασμένων τὰ ξίφη, πᾶσι τοῖς θεωροῖς ἐλπὶς ἦν ἀπολεῖσθαι, καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν οὗτινος εἴσοδον πτοία εἶχεν αὐτούς, ὡς αὐτίκα μάλα συγκοπήσοιντο, ἐν ἀμηχάνοις τε ἦσαν οὔτ' ἀπιέναι θάρσος εἰσφερόμενοι οὔτε ἀκίνδυνον τὴν διατριβὴν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ θεάτρου πεπιστευκότες. [139] εἰσπιπτόντων τε ἤδη βοὴ τοῦ θεάτρου ῥήγνυται καθ' ἱκετείαν τρεπομένου τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ὡς πάντων ἀγνοίας αὐτῇ γενομένης καὶ τῶν βουλευθέντων τοῖς ἐπαναστᾶσιν, εἰ δή τις καὶ γέγονεν ἐπανάστασις, καὶ τῶν γεγονότων. [140] φείδεσθαι οὖν καὶ μὴ τόλμης ἀλλοτρίας παρὰ τῶν οὐδ' ἐν αἰτίᾳ γενομένων ἀπολαμβάνειν τιμωρίαν, παρέντας ἐρεύνην τῶν πεπραχότων ὅ τι καὶ πεπραγμένον εἴη καταστῆναι. [141] καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτά τε καὶ περαιτέρω μετὰ δακρύων καὶ τύψεως προσώπων ἐπιθειάζοντες καὶ ποτνιώμενοι ὁπόσα ἀνεδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ κίνδυνος ἑστὼς πλησίον, καὶ ὡς ἄν τις ἀγωνιζόμενος περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς εἴποι τι, ἔλεγον. [142] θραύεται δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πρὸς ταῦτα ἡ ὀργὴ καὶ μεταμελῆσαν αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς θεωροῖς βουλεύματος, ὠμόν τε γὰρ ἦν τοῦτο καὶ ἐκείνοις καίπερ ἐξηγριωκόσιν ἐδόκει, τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀσπρήναν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν ἀπερεισαμένοις. [143] πρὸς ἃς μειζόνως ἔπαθον οἱ θεωροὶ λογισμῷ τε ἀξιώσεως τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἐλέῳ τοῦ πάθους, ὥστε παρ' ὀλίγον καὶ αὐτοῖς οὐδὲν ἐλλιπεστέρως τὰ τῶν κινδύνων ὁμιλήσαντα ἐπανασεσεῖσθαι, ὧν ἄδηλον εἶναι τὴν συμφορὰν εἴπερ εἰς τέλος φευχθῆναι δύναιτ' ἄν. [144] ὥστε κἂν εἴ τινες τῶν προθύμως μισούντων καὶ μετὰ δίκης τὸν Γάιον ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τῶν ἐπ' αὐτῷ εὐφροσυνῶν τῆς χώρας, διὰ τὸ ἐν ῥοπῇ μὲν τοῦ συναπολουμένου γεγονέναι, τὸ δὲ πιστὸν τοῦ περιεῖναι μηδέπω καὶ τότε ἐχέγγυον συνελθεῖν.
****

138 Then a crowd of the Germans surrounded the theatre with drawn swords, and the spectators expected nothing but death. Each one coming in was fearful of being killed on the spot, and was in a quandary, neither daring to leave the theatre, nor feeling safe while they remained there. 139 When the soldiers came upon them there was great outcry and the theatre rang with the spectators' pleas, saying they had no knowledge of anything to do with plans for revolt, and that if a revolt had begun, they knew nothing about it. 140 They implored them to spare them and not punish them for the rashness of others, instead of searching for the real authors of whatever had been done. 141 They appealed to God about this, deploring their with tears and striking their faces and in fear for their lives in face of this danger said whatever came into their heads. 142 This softened the fury of the soldiers and made them relent from what they had planned to do to the spectators, which would have been too cruel, as even these savages felt once they had fixed upon the altar the heads of Asprenas and their other victims. 143 The sight of it caused anguish to the spectators, due to the dignity of those involved and out of pity for what they suffered, and equally great was their anguish at their own danger, for it was still uncertain if they would escape a similar fate. 144 So even those who fully and rightly hated Gaius could not yet enjoy the pleasure of his death, since they themselves were in danger of dying along with him and up to this they had no assurance of survival.

18.

[145] Ἦν δὲ Εὐάρεστος Ἀρούντιος τῶν κηρυσσόντων τὰ πωλούμενα καὶ δι' αὐτὸ φωνῆς τε μεγέθει χρώμενος καὶ χρήματα περιβεβλημένος ὅμοια τοῖς Ῥωμαίων πλουσιωτάτοις, δύναμίς τε αὐτῷ ἦν ἐφ' οἷς ἐθελήσειε πράσσειν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἔν τε τῷ τότε κἀν τοῖς ὕστερον. [146] οὗτος διαθεὶς αὑτὸν ὡς ἐνῆν πενθιμώτατον, καίτοι μίσει καὶ παρ' ὁντινοῦν ἐχρῆτο πρὸς Γάιον, ἀλλὰ μὴν κρείσσων ἡ διδασκαλία τοῦ φόβου καὶ στρατηγία περὶ τοῦ κερδησομένου τὴν σωτηρίαν τῆς εἰς τὸ παρὸν ἡδονῆς, [147] πάντα κόσμον ἐπιτηδεύσας ὡς ἄν τις ἐπὶ τοῖς τιμιωτάτοις παρεσκεύαστο ἀπολωλόσιν, ἀποσημαίνει τοῦ Γαίου τὸν θάνατον ἐπὶ τὸ θέατρον παρελθὼν καὶ ἔπαυσεν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ πλέον ἀγνοίᾳ συμπεριφέρεσθαι τοῦ γεγονότος. [148] ἤδη δὲ καὶ Στήλας Ἀρούντιος παρῆν ἀνακαλῶν τοὺς Γερμανοὺς καὶ οἱ χιλίαρχοι σὺν αὐτῷ κελεύοντες κατατίθεσθαι τὸν σίδηρον καὶ διασαφοῦντες Γαίου τὴν τελευτήν. [149] τοῦτο καὶ σαφέστατα ἔσωσεν τοὺς ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ συνειλεγμένους καὶ πάντας, οἳ καὶ ὁπωσοῦν τοῖς Γερμανοῖς περιτύχοιεν: ἐλπίδος γὰρ αὐτοῖς παραγενομένης ἔμπνουν κεῖσθαι τὸν Γάιον οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτινος κακῶν ἂν ἀπέσχοντο. [150] τοσόνδε ἐπερίσσευσεν αὐτοῖς εὐνοίας τῆς πρὸς αὐτόν, ὡς κἂν μετὰ τοῦ καθ' αὑτοὺς ἀπολουμένου τῆς ψυχῆς κτήσασθαι τὸ ἀνεπιβούλευτον αὐτῷ καὶ τοσαύτῃ δυστυχίᾳ συνεσόμενον. [151] παύονται δὲ τοῦ ὠργηκότος εἰς τὴν τιμωρίαν μαθήσεως σαφοῦς παραγενομένης αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τῇ τελευτῇ, διά τε τὸ εἰς ἀχρεῖον ἐπιδείξεσθαι τὸ πρόθυμον τῆς εὐνοίας, ὃς ἀμείψαιτο αὐτοὺς ἀπολωλότος, καὶ δέει, μὴ καὶ περαιτέρω τῇ ὕβρει χρωμένων ἐπιστροφὴ γένοιτο ὑπὸ τῆς βουλῆς, εἴπερ εἰς ἐκείνην περισταίη τὸ κράτος, ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐπικαταστάντος ἄρχοντος. [152] καὶ Γερμανοὶ εἰ καὶ μόλις, ἀλλ' οὖν ἐπαύσαντο λύσσης τῆς ἐπὶ Γαίου τῷ θανάτῳ καταλαμβανομένης αὐτούς.
****

145 A man called Evaristus Arruntius, once a public crier in the market and therefore with a strong and audible voice, was now as wealthy as the richest of the Romans and able both then and later to do as he pleased in the city. 146 This man, although he had hated Gaius more than anyone, dressed up in mourning, for prompted by fear and a love of safety he set aside his immediate pleasure, 147 and dressed as if he had lost his dearest friends in the world, and came into the theatre and announced the death of Gaius and so ended people's ignorance of what had happened. 148 Arruntius now took control and with the tribunes called out to the Germans, bidding them put up their swords and telling them that Gaius was dead. 149 It was this proclamation that saved those gathered in the theatre and all the rest who any way met the Germans, for while they had any hopes of Gaius being still breathing, they refrained from no sort of vengeance. 150 Their love for Gaius was so great that they would willingly have foiled the plot against him and saved him from such misfortune at the cost of their lives. 151 But they left off their rage for punishing his enemies once they were fully satisfied that Gaius was dead, since it was useless for them to show their zeal and affection for him, when the one to reward them was died, and they feared they would be punished if they continued on the rampage, if the authority of the supreme ruler reverted to the senate. 152 So finally, and not without difficulty, a stop was put to the rage which possessed the Germans at the death of Gaius.

19.

[153] Χαιρέας δέ, σφόδρα γὰρ περὶ Μινουκιανῷ ἔδεισε, μὴ διαφθαρείη μανίᾳ τῶν Γερμανῶν περιπεσών, ἕκαστόν τε τῶν στρατιωτῶν μετῄει προμηθεῖσθαι τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῦ δεόμενος καὶ μὴ ἀπολώλοι πολλὴν ἐξέτασιν ποιούμενος. [154] καὶ Μινουκιανὸν μὲν Κλήμης, ἀνάγεται γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦτον, μεθίησιν πολλῶν μετ' ἄλλων συγκλητικῶν δικαιοσύνην τῇ πράξει συμμαρτυρῶν καὶ ἀρετὴν τοῖς ἐντεθυμημένοις καὶ πράσσειν μὴ ἀποδεδειλιακόσι: [155] τυραννίδα γὰρ εἰς ὀλίγον μὲν ἐλθεῖν ἡδονῇ τοῦ ὑβρίζειν ἐπαρθεῖσαν, εὐτυχεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἄρα ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ἀπαλλαγὰς τοῦ βίου μίσει τῆς ἀρετῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν χρωμένης, [156] ἀλλὰ μετὰ τοιαύτης δυστυχίας, ὁποίᾳ δὴ Γάιον συνελθεῖν πρὸ τῶν ἐπαναστάντων καὶ συνθέντων τὴν ἐπίθεσιν αὐτὸν ἐπίβουλον αὐτῷ γενόμενον καὶ διδάξαντα οἷς ὑβρίζων ἀφόρητος ἦν ἀφανίζων τοῦ νόμου τὴν πρόνοιαν πολέμῳ πρὸς αὐτὸν χρῆσθαι τοὺς φιλτάτους, καὶ νῦν λόγῳ μὲν εἶναι τούτους οἳ ἀνῃρήκασι Γάιον, ἔργῳ δὲ αὐτὸν ὑφ' ἑαυτοῦ κεῖσθαι διολωλότα.
****

153 Cherea was so afraid that Vinucianus might encounter the Germans in their fury that he went and spoke to each of the soldiers and asked them to look out for his safety and personally made a great inquiry to see that he had not been killed. 154 And Clement, when Vinucianus was brought to him, let him go and, along with many other of the senate, affirmed that the action was right and praised the bravery of those who planned it and had the courage to carry it out. 155 He said that tyrants enjoy themselves for a while by abusing their power to be insolent, but do not leave the world happily, since they are hated by the virtuous, 156 but meet a fate like Gaius, who had conspired against himself before those who attacked him did so, and by intolerably setting aside the wise provision of the laws had made his dearest friends see him as an enemy. Thus, while at the surface level it was the conspirators who killed Gaius, in reality he had been destroyed by himself."

20.

[157] Ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὸ θέατρον ἐξανίστατο τῶν φυλακῶν αἳ τὸ κατ' ἀρχὰς πάνυ πικραὶ ἐγένοντο ὑπανίσως. αἰτία δ' ἦν τοῦ προθύμως καὶ διαφευξομένου τῶν θεωρῶν Ἀλκύων ὁ ἰατρός, συναρπασθεὶς μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ τινῶν τραυματιῶν, ἐκπέμψας δὲ τοὺς συνόντας λόγῳ μὲν ὡς καὶ μετελευσομένους ὁπόσα εἰς τὴν ἴασιν τοῖς τραυματίαις πρόσφορα, τὸ δ' ἀληθὲς ὡς πείσοιντο κινδύνου τοῦ κατειληφότος. [158] ἐν τούτῳ δὲ βουλῆς τε γίνεται σύνοδος καὶ ὁ δῆμος ᾗπερ καὶ εἰώθασιν ἐκκλησιάζειν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς καταστὰς ἐν ζητήσει τῶν σφαγέων τῶν Γαίου ἦσαν, ὁ μὲν δῆμος καὶ πάνυ ἐκθύμως, δοκεῖν δὲ καὶ ἡ βουλή. [159] καὶ ἦν γὰρ Ἀσιατικὸς Οὐαλέριος ὑπατικὸς ἀνήρ, οὗτος ἐπὶ τὸν δῆμον καταστάς, θορυβούντων καὶ δεινὸν τιθεμένων τὸ ἔτι λανθάνον τῶν τὸν αὐτοκράτορα ἀπεκτονότων, ἐπεὶ προθύμως πάντες αὐτὸν ἤροντο, τίς ὁ πράξας τυγχάνει, "εἴθε γὰρ ἔγωγε" φησί. [160] καὶ προύθεσαν δὲ καὶ οἱ ὕπατοι διάγραμμα Γαίου μὲν κατηγορίας ποιούμενοι, κελεύοντες δὲ τῷ τε δήμῳ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτῶν ἀπιέναι, τῷ μὲν δήμῳ πολλὴν ἀνέσεως ἐπαγγελλόμενοι ἐλπίδα, τῷ στρατιωτικῷ δὲ τιμῶν, εἰ ἐν κόσμῳ μείνειαν τῷ εἰωθότι μηδὲν ὑβρίζειν ἐξαγόμενοι: δέος γὰρ ἦν, μὴ ἐξαγριωσάντων ἀπολαύσειεν τοῦ κακοῦ ἡ πόλις καθ' ἁρπαγὰς αὐτῶν καὶ συλήσεις τῶν ἱερῶν τρεπομένων. [161] ἐφθάκει δὲ ἤδη τῶν βουλευτῶν τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος συνειλεγμένον καὶ μάλιστα οἱ εἰς τοῦ Γαίου συνελθόντες τὸν φόνον θράσει τε ἤδη χρώμενοι κἀν καταφρονήματι μεγάλῳ ὄντες ὡς εἰς αὐτοὺς ἀνακειμένων δὴ τῶν πραγμάτων.
****

157 By now the people in the theatre had risen from their seats as the guards had relented somewhat. The reason the spectators were in such a hurry to leave was Alcyon, a physician, who was rushing off to attend some wounded people and had sent his companions away as though to fetch what he needed for the healing of those wounds, but in reality to get them clear of the immediate danger. 158 Meanwhile the senate had met and the people too had assembled in the accustomed form and both were enquiring about the murderers of Gaius, the people doing so eagerly, but the senate only in appearance. 159 Valerius of Asia, a man of consular rank, was present, and went out to the people, who were shouting and angry at not knowing who had murdered the emperor. When hotly questioned by them all who had done it, he replied, "I wish it had been myself!" 160 The consuls published an edict condemning Gaius and ordering the people and the soldiers to go home. They gave the people much hope of relief, and promised the soldiers that, if they stayed properly peaceful and did not go about oppressing people, they would reward them, for there was reason to fear that the city would be harmed by their unruliness, if they started robbing the citizens, or plundering the temples. 161 All the senators got together and especially those who had conspired to take the life of Gaius, putting on an air of great assurance and magnanimity at this time, as if the government were already in their hands.

Chapter 2. [162-211]
The Senators seek the Return of the Republic. The Soldiers prefer the Empire. Reflection on Gaius' morals

1.

[162] Ἐν τούτῳ δὴ ὄντων τῶν πραγμάτων αἰφνίδιον ἀρπάζεται Κλαύδιος ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας: οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται συνόδου γενομένης αὐτοῖς, ἀλλήλοις καὶ αὑτοῖς λόγον δόντες περὶ τοῖς ποιητέοις ἑώρων δημοκρατίαν ἀδύνατόν τε ὂν ἐν κράτει τοσῶνδε ἄν ποτε γενέσθαι πραγμάτων ἐξικομένην τε οὐκ ἐπ' ἀγαθῷ τῷ αὐτῶν κτήσασθαι τὴν ἀρχήν, [163] εἴ τέ τις τῶν κατὰ ἕνα σχήσοι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, εἰς πάντα λυπηρὸν αὐτοῖς εἶναι μὴ οὐ συνεργοῖς τῆς ἀρχῆς καταστᾶσιν. [164] καλῶς οὖν ἔχειν ἀκρίτων ἔτι ὄντων τῶν πραγμάτων ἡγεμόνα αἱρεῖσθαι Κλαύδιον, πάτρωά τε ὄντα τοῦ τεθνεῶτος καὶ τῶν εἰς τὴν βουλὴν συλλεγομένων οὐδενὸς οὗτινος οὐκ ἀξιολογώτερον προγόνων τε ἀρετῇ καὶ τῷ κατ' αὐτὸν παιδείαν μεμελετηκότι, [165] καὶ σταθέντα αὐτοκράτορα τιμήσειν τε τὰ εἰκότα καὶ ἀμείψεσθαι δωρεαῖς." ταῦτα διανοοῦνταί τε καὶ ἔπραξαν ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμα. [166] ἥρπαστο μὲν δὴ Κλαύδιος ὑπὸ τοῦ στρατιωτικοῦ. Ναῖος δὲ Σέντιος Σατορνῖνος καίτοι πεπυσμένος τὴν Κλαυδίου ἁρπαγήν, καὶ ὡς ἐπιδικάζοιτο τῆς ἀρχῆς ἄκων μὲν δοκεῖν, τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς καὶ βουλήσει τῇ αὐτοῦ, καταστὰς ἐπὶ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ μηδὲν ἐκπλαγεὶς ἐλευθέροις τε καὶ γενναίοις ἀνδράσι πρεπόντως ποιεῖται παραίνεσιν τάδε λέγων.
****

162 In this state of affairs Claudius was suddenly hurried away from his house, for the soldiers held a meeting and after debating what to do, saw that a democracy could not manage such a vast administration, and if it were set up, it would not benefit them. 163 Also, if any of those in leadership positions were to gain the supreme power, it would be very regrettable if they did not help bring him to power. 164 Therefore their best bet, while matters were in turmoil, was to choose Claudius as emperor, the uncle of the dead Gaius and of higher dignity and worth than those assembled in the senate, both from the virtues of his ancestors and the learning he had acquired in his education. 165 Once settled as emperor, he would reward them according to their merits and heap gifts upon them. These were their plans and they put them immediately into effect. 166 So Claudius was seized by the soldiers, But Gnaeus Sentius Saturninns, learning that Claudius had been seized and intended to claim the leadership, in appearance against his will but in reality by his free choice, stood up in the senate, and made an unabashed plea to them in the spirit of freedom and generosity. He spoke as follows:

2.

[167] "Εἰ καὶ ἄπιστον, ὦ Ῥωμαῖοι, διὰ τὸ χρόνῳ πολλῷ ἥκειν ἀνέλπιστον οὖσαν ἡμῖν, ἀλλ' οὖν ἔχομεν τοῦ ἐλευθέρου τὴν ἀξίωσιν, ἄδηλον μὲν ἐφ' ὁπόσον παρατείνουσαν καὶ γνώμῃ θεῶν οἳ ἐχαρίσαντο αὐτὴν κειμένην, εὐφραίνειν δὲ ἀρκοῦσαν καὶ εἴπερ ἀφαιρεθείημεν αὐτῆς εὐδαιμονίᾳ συνάγουσαν: [168] ἱκανὴ γὰρ καὶ μία ὥρα τοῖς ἀρετῆς αἰσθανομένοις καὶ μετ' αὐτοτελοῦς τῆς διανοίας ἐν αὐτοδίκῳ τῇ πατρίδι καὶ μετὰ νόμων, οἷς ποτε ἤνθησε, διαιτωμένῃ βιωθεῖσα. [169] ἐμοὶ δὲ τῆς μὲν πρότερον ἐλευθερίας ἀμνημονεῖν ἔστι διὰ τὸ κατόπιν αὐτῆς γεγονέναι, τῆς δὲ νῦν ἀπλήστως πιμπλαμένῳ μακαριστούς τε ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐγγενηθέντας καὶ ἐντραφέντας αὐτῇ καὶ τῶν θεῶν οὐδὲν μειόνως ἀξίους τιμῆς τούσδε τοὺς ἄνδρας, οἳ ὀψὲ γοῦν κἀν τούτῳ τῆς ἡλικίας ἡμᾶς γεύσαντας αὐτῆς. [170] καὶ εἴη μὲν εἰς πᾶν τοῦ αἰῶνος τὸ ἐπιὸν παραμεῖναι τὴν ἄδειαν αὐτῆς, ἀρκοῦσα δ' ἂν γένοιτο καὶ ἥδε ἡ ἡμέρα τοῖς τε νεωτέροις ἡμῶν καὶ ὅσοι γεγηράκαμεν αἰὼν ὑπείληπται, τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις δόντων ἀγαθῶν αὐτῆς ἐν ὁμιλίᾳ γεγονότες μετασταῖεν, τοῖς δὲ [171] νεωτέροις παίδευμα ἀρετῆς καταστάσεως ἀγαθὸν ἀνδράσι τοῖσδε ἀφ' ὧν γεγόναμεν, νῦν δὲ ἤδη καὶ ἡμῖν διὰ τὴν ἄρτι ὥραν οὐδὲν προυργιαίτερον εἴη τοῦ ζῆν μετὰ ἀρετῆς, ἣ μόνη ἐκφροντίζει τῷ ἀνθρωπείῳ τὸ ἐλεύθερον: [172] ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ παλαιὰ οἶδα ἀκοῇ παραλαβών, οἷς δὲ ὄψει ὁμιλήσας ᾐσθόμην, οἵων κακῶν τὰς πολιτείας ἀναπιμπλᾶσιν αἱ τυραννίδες, κωλύουσαι μὲν πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν καὶ τοῦ μεγαλόφρονος ἀφαιρούμεναι τὸ ἐλεύθερον, κολακείας δὲ καὶ φόβου διδάσκαλοι καθιστάμεναι διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ τῶν νόμων, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῇ ὀργῇ τῶν ἐφεστηκότων καταλιπεῖν τὰ πράγματα. [173] ἀφ' οὗ γὰρ Ἰούλιος Καῖσαρ φρονήσας ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῆς δημοκρατίας καὶ διαβιασάμενος τὸν κόσμον τῶν νόμων τὴν πολιτείαν συνετάραξεν, κρείσσων μὲν τοῦ δικαίου γενόμενος, ἥσσων δὲ τοῦ κατ' ἰδίαν ἡδονὴν αὐτῷ κομιοῦντος, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ τι τῶν κακῶν οὐ διέτριψεν τὴν πόλιν, [174] φιλοτιμηθέντων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἁπάντων, οἳ ἐκείνῳ διάδοχοι τῆς ἀρχῆς κατέστησαν, ἐπ' ἀφανισμῷ τοῦ πατρίου καὶ ὡς ἂν μάλιστα τῶν πολιτῶν ἐρημίαν τοῦ γενναίου καταλείποιεν, διὰ τὸ οἴεσθαι πρὸς ἀσφαλείας εἶναι τῆς αὐτῶν τὸ κιβδήλοις ἀνδράσιν ὁμιλεῖν καὶ τῶν ἀρετῇ προύχειν πεπιστευμένων οὐ μόνον ὑφαιρεῖν τι τοῦ αὐχήματος, ἀλλ' εἰς τὸ πᾶν ἐπιφημίζειν αὐτῷ τοῖς ὀλέθροις [175] τῶν ἁπάντων ἀΡιθμῷ τε πολλῶν ὄντων καὶ βαρύτητα ἀνύποιστον ἐπιδειξαμένων καθ' ἃ ἕκαστος ἦρξεν εἷς ὢν ὁ Γάιος ὁ σήμερον τεθνεὼς πλέω τε τῶν πάντων δεινὰ ἀπεδείξατο οὐ μόνον εἰς τοὺς συμπολίτας, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τοὺς συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους ἀπαίδευτον τὴν ὀργὴν ἐπαφιείς, ὁμοίως τοῖς ἅπασι καὶ μείζω κακὰ ἐντριβόμενος ἀδίκως τὴν τιμωρίαν εἰσπράσσεσθαι, ὠργικότων ὁμοίως εἴς τε ἀνθρώπους ἐξαγριώσας καὶ τοὺς θεούς. [176] τυραννίδι γὰρ οὐ κερδαίνεται τὸ ἡδὺ οὐδὲ μεθ' ὕβρεως ἀποχρῆται, οὐκ εἰς τὰ χρήματα λελυπῆσθαι καὶ γαμετάς, ἀλλὰ τὸ πᾶν κέρδος ἐκ τοῦ πανοικεσίᾳ διοχλουμένου τῶν ἐχθρῶν. [177] ἐχθρὸν δὲ τυραννίδι πᾶν τὸ ἐλεύθερον, εἰς εὔνοιάν τε ἐκκαλεῖσθαι αὐτὴν καὶ τοῖς ἐν ὀλίγῳ τιθεμένοις ὁπόσα πεπόνθοιεν οὐκ ἔστιν. ἐξεπιστάμενοι γὰρ ὧν ἀναπλήσειαν κακῶν ἔστιν οὓς κἀκεῖνοι μεγαλοφρόνως καταφρονημάτων τε πρὸς τὴν τύχην, αὐτοὶ λανθάνειν αὐτοὺς ὧν πράξειαν μὴ δυνάμενοι μόνως πιστεύουσιν κτήσεσθαι τοῦ ὑπόπτου τὸ ἀδεές, εἰ παντελὲς αἱρεῖσθαι δυνηθεῖεν αὐτούς. [178] τοιούτων δὴ κακῶν ἀπογεγονότες καὶ ὑποτελεῖς ἀλλήλοις καταστάντες, αἵπερ πολιτειῶν ἐχεγγυώταται πρός τε τὸ παρὸν εὔνουν καὶ τὸ αὖθις ἀνεπιβούλευτον καὶ τὸ δόξαν οἰκείαν τῷ ὀρθουμένῳ τῆς πόλεως δικαιοί τε προνοῆσαι διὰ τὸ εἰς κοινὸν αὐτοῦ τὴν ὠφέλειαν ἀπαντᾶν καὶ ἀνταποφήνασθαι γνώμην, [179] οἷς μὴ ἀρέσκοιτο τὰ προεισηγημένα, οὐδαμῶς εἰς κίνδυνον φέρον, διὰ τὸ μὴ δεσπότην εἶναι τὸν ἐφεστηκότα, ᾧ ἀνεύθυνόν τε βλάπτοντι τὴν πόλιν καὶ αὐτοκράτορι μεταστήσασθαι τοὺς εἰρηκότας. [180] καὶ τέτροφε τὴν τυραννίδα οὐδὲν νεώτερον πλὴν ἥ τε ἀργία καὶ τὸ πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν ἐκείνῃ θελομένων ἀντιλογίᾳ χρώμενον: [181] τῆς γὰρ εἰρήνης τοῦ τερπνοῦ ἡσσώμενοι καὶ μεμαθηκότες ἀνδραπόδων ἐν τρόπῳ ζῆν ὁπόσοι τε ἐπαίομεν συμφορὰς ἀνηκέστους κακοῖς τε τοῖς πέλας ἐπείδομεν φόβῳ τοῦ μετ' ἀρετῆς τελευτᾶν μετὰ αἰσχύνης τῆς ὑστάτης ὑπομένοντες τὰς τελευτάς. [182] πρῶτον δὲ τοῖς ἀραμένοις τὸν τύραννον τιμὰς αἵτινες μέγισται ταύτας εἰσενεγκεῖν, μάλιστα δὲ Χαιρέᾳ τῷ Κασσίῳ: σὺν γὰρ τοῖς θεοῖς εἷς ἀνὴρ οὗτος ποριστὴς ἡμῖν καὶ γνώμῃ καὶ χερσὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας πέφηνεν. [183] οὗ καλὸν μὴ ἀμνημονεῖν, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῆς τυραννίδος ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας τῆς ἡμετέρας προβεβουλευκότος τε ἅμα καὶ προκεκινδυνευκότος, ἐπὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ψηφίσασθαι τὰς τιμὰς πρῶτόν τε ἀνεπιτάκτους τοῦτο ἂν ἀποφήνασθαι. [184] ἔργον δὲ κάλλιστον καὶ ἐλευθέροις ἀνδράσι πρέπον ἀμείβεσθαι τοὺς εὐεργέτας, οἷος δὴ καὶ ἀνὴρ οὗτος περὶ ἡμᾶς πάντας γέγονεν οὐδὲν παραπλήσιος Κασσίῳ καὶ Βρούτῳ τοῖς Γάιον Ἰούλιον ἀνῃρηκόσιν, ἐπεί γε οἱ μὲν στάσεως καὶ πολέμων ἐμφυλίων ἀρχὰς ἐπανερρίπισαν τῇ πόλει, οὗτος δὲ μετὰ τῆς τυραννοκτονίας καὶ τῶν ἐντεῦθεν δεινῶν ἀπήλλαξεν τὴν πόλιν."
****

167 "Romans, although it be incredible, after such a long time, that such an unexpected thing has happened, yet finally we have the dignity of free men. How long this will last is uncertain and lies in the hands of the gods, whose gift it is, but it is enough to make us joyful and happy for the present, although we may soon be deprived of it. 168 A single hour is enough for those who are practiced in virtue, to live with minds accountable only to ourselves, in our own country, now free and ruled by the laws this country once lived under. 169 For myself, I cannot remember our former time of liberty, being born after it had passed, but I am filled with joy beyond measure at the thought of our present freedom. I also esteem happy the men who were born and brought up in our former liberty, and that those who have given us a taste of it in this age are as worthy of esteem as the very gods. 170 I heartily wish that our present peaceful enjoyment of it may continue to all ages, but for our young men, as well as for us that are older, this single day may suffice. It will seem an age to our old men, if they should die during its happy duration. 171 But for the younger people it may also serve to show what kind of virtue was practiced by those from whom we were born. Nothing is better than to live virtuously during our space of time, the only way that can preserve our liberty, 172 I have only heard of our ancient state by the reports of others, but I know it by experience how things were during my lifetime, and have learned from it the harm tyrannies have brought us, discouraging all virtue and depriving the noble of their liberty and promoting the teachers of flattery and slavish fear, since it leaves the state to be ruled not by wise laws, but by the humour of those who govern. 173 For since Julius Caesar took it into his head to subvert our democracy, and, by overturning our system of laws, brought our administration into disorder and soared above right and justice, to follow his own inclinations, there is no of misery but has infected this city. 174 All those who have succeeded him have outdone each other in destroying the ancient laws of our country and have left it lacking in citizens of noble principle, as they thought it helped their security to have vicious men in charge and not only to break the spirits of those most reputed for virtue, but to resolve to annihilate them utterly. 175 Of all the many emperors who have imposed upon us by their government, this Gaius, who has been killed today, brought worse troubles upon us than all the rest, by venting his unruly rage not only upon his fellow citizens, but upon his relatives and friends and everyone else, inflicting upon them wicked punishments, since his rage was equally against men and against the gods. 176 For tyrants are not content with arrogance or with taking men's property and wives, but their great pleasure is to utterly destroy the entire families of their enemies. 177 Anything free is the enemy of tyranny, so that even those who patiently endure the woes they cause cannot even gain their friendship, for as they see the evils they have brought on these men and how bravely they have borne it, they cannot but be aware of their wrongdoing and so can only be secure from whoever they hold suspect, if they can take their lives. 178 Now that we have got clear of these evils and are only accountable to each other, the form of government that gives the best basis for our present concord and promises the best security from evil plots and will do us most honour in settling the city in good order, each of you should think not only of his own good but for the public good. 179 Those who wish may declare their disagreement with what is proposed, without any risk of danger, for they have now no lord set over them, who could harm the city at will and had unbridled power to do away with those who spoke out freely. 180 Nothing so much contributed to the increase of tyranny of late as sloth and a fearful reluctance to say no. 181 Too attached to the sweetness of peace, men learned to live like slaves, and whether we heard of intolerable things happening at a distance from us, or saw the evils just beside us, from fear of dying for virtue, we suffered a death of utmost infamy. 182 We ought, firstly, to decree the highest possible honours to those who removed the tyrant, especially to Cherea Cassius, for with the help of the gods, by his advice and actions, this one man has gained our liberty. 183 We should not forget him now we have regained our liberty, under the former tyranny, he made plans and risked himself for our liberties; rather, we should decree him proper honours and openly declare that from the start he acted with our approval. 184 It is a noble thing and worthy of free men to repay their benefactors, as this man has done good to us all, though not at all like Cassius and Brutus, who killed Gaius Julius, for they laid the foundations of rebellion and civil discord in our city, but this man, along with killing the tyrant, has set our city free from all the woes of tyranny."

3.

[185] Σέντιος μὲν τοιούτοις ἐχρῆτο τοῖς λόγοις καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν ἡδονῇ δεχομένων καὶ ὁπόσοι τῶν ἱππέων παρῆσαν. ἀναπηδήσας δέ τις Τρεβέλλιος Μάξιμος περιαιρεῖται τὸν δακτύλιον τοῦ Σεντίου, λίθος δὲ εἰκόνα Γαίου ἐγγεγλυμμένος ἐδεσμεύετο αὐτῷ, καὶ σπουδῇ τῶν λεγομένων καὶ ὧν ἐπενόει πράξειν, ὅπερ ᾤετο, ἐν λήθῃ γεγονότι Καὶ ἡ μὲν γλυφὴ κατάγνυται. [186] προεληλύθει δὲ ἡ νὺξ ἐπὶ μέγα, καὶ Χαιρέας δὲ σημεῖον ᾔτει τοὺς ὑπάτους, οἱ δὲ ἐλευθερίαν ἔδοσαν. ἐν θαύματι δὲ ἦν αὐτοῖς καὶ ὅμοια ἀπιστίᾳ τὰ δρώμενα: [187] ἔτει γὰρ ἑκατοστῷ, μεθ' ὃ τὴν δημοκρατίαν τὸ πρῶτον ἀφῃρέθησαν, ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑπάτους σημείου ἡ παράδοσις: οὗτοι γὰρ πρότερον ἢ τυραννηθῆναι τὴν πόλιν κύριοι τῶν στρατιωτικῶν ἦσαν. [188] Χαιρέας δὲ τὸ σημεῖον λαβὼν παρεδίδου τῶν στρατιωτῶν τοῖς πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον συνεστηκόσιν. ἦσαν δὲ εἰς σπείρας τέσσαρας, οἷς τὸ ἀβασίλευτον τιμιώτερον τῆς τυραννίδος προύκειτο. [189] καὶ οἵδε μὲν ἀπῄεσαν μετὰ τῶν χιλιάρχων, ἀνεχώρει δὲ ἤδη καὶ ὁ δῆμος περιχαρὴς καὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ φρονήματος ἐπὶ τῷ κτησαμένῳ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν αὐτοῖς, οὐκέτι ἐπὶ τῷ ἐφεστηκότι. καὶ τὰ πάντα ἦν ὁ Χαιρέας αὐτοῖς.
****

185 This is the gist of what Sentius said, which was received with pleasure by the senators and by those of the equestrian order as were present. Trebellius Maximus rose up quickly and took a ring from Sentius's finger, which had a stone with the image of Gaius engraved upon it and which, in his eagerness to speak and his zeal in doing so, he must have forgotten to take off himself, and the image was quickly broken. 186 But as it was now far in the night, Cherea asked the consuls for the watchword, and they gave him this word, Liberty. This exchange caused them awe and was almost incredible, 187 for it had been a hundred years since democracy had been set aside, and now giving the watchword returned to the consuls, who had been in charge of the soldiers before the city had come under the rule of tyrants. 188 When Cherea had received that watchword, he gave it to those who were on the senate's side, which were four regiments, who preferred non-imperial government rather than tyranny, 189 and these went away with their tribunes. The people too left in joyful spirits, full of hope and of courage at having recovered their former democracy and being no longer under an emperor, and they held Cherea in high esteem.

4.

[190] Χαιρέας δὲ ἐν δεινῷ τιθέμενος περιεῖναι τὴν θυγατέρα Γαίου καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, ἀλλὰ μὴ πανοικὶ τὸν ὄλεθρον αὐτῷ συντυχεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι ὑπολείποιτο αὐτῶν ἐπ' ὀλέθρῳ τῆς πόλεως λειφθήσεσθαι καὶ τῶν νόμων, ἄλλως τε πρόθεσιν ἐσπουδακὼς τελειώσασθαι τὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ πάνυ εὐφρᾶναι μῖσος τὸ πρὸς Γάιον, Ἰούλιον ἐκπέμπει Λοῦππον ἕνα τῶν χιλιάρχων κτενοῦντα τήν τε γυναῖκα Γαίου καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα. [191] Κλήμεντος δ' ὄντι συγγενεῖ τῷ Λούππῳ τὴν ἐπὶ τοιοῖσδε προύθεσαν λειτουργίαν, ὅπως μετασχὼν κἂν ἐπὶ τοιούτοις τῆς τυραννοκτονίας ἀγάλλοιτο ἀρετῇ πρὸς τῶν πολιτικῶν, ὡς καὶ τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιβουλεύματος δόξειε κοινωνεῖν τὸ πρῶτον συνθεμένων. [192] ἐνίοις δὲ τῶν συνωμοτῶν καὶ ὠμὸν ἐδόκει τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ γυναικὶ θράσει χρησόμενον αὐτῷ διὰ τὸ Γάιον φύσει τῇ αὐτοῦ χρώμενον ἢ συμβουλῇ τῇ ἐκείνης τὰ πάντα πρᾶξαι, ἐξ ὧν ἥ τε πόλις ἀπηγορεύκει τοῖς κατειληφόσι κακοῖς καὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ὅ τι καὶ ἄνθος ἦν ἀπώλετο. [193] οἱ δὲ καὶ τῶν μὲν ἐπὶ τοιούτοις ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῇ γνώμην τὸ δὲ πᾶν καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ Γαίου πεπραγμένων κακῶν ἐκείνῃ τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπέφερον φάρμακον τῷ Γαίῳ δοῦσαν ἐννοιῶν δούλωσιν καὶ ἐρώτων ἐπαγωγὰς αὐτῇ ψηφιούμενον, εἰς μανίαν μεταστάντος τὰ πάντα αὐτὴν εἶναι τὴν νεναυπηγημένην ἐπὶ ταῖς Ῥωμαίων τύχαις καὶ τῆς ὑποτελούσης αὐτοῖς οἰκουμένης. [194] καὶ πέρας κυρωθὲν ὥστε αὐτὴν τελευτᾶν, οὐδὲν γὰρ οἱ ἀποσπεύδοντες οἷοί τε ὠφελεῖν ἦσαν, ἐστέλλετο ὁ Λοῦππος: ἐβραδύνετο δὲ οὐδὲν μελλήσει τῇ κατ' αὐτόν, ὥστε μὴ οὐκ εἰς καιρὸν δεδιακονῆσθαι τοῖς ἀπεσταλκόσιν, θέλων ἐπ' οὐδαμοῖς μεμπτὸς εἶναι τῶν ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ τοῦ δήμου πεποιημένων. [195] παρελθὼν δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ βασιλείου λαμβάνει τὴν Καισωνίαν, γυνὴ δ' ἦν τοῦ Γαίου, παρακατακειμένην τῷ σώματι τοῦ ἀνδρὸς χαμαιπετεῖ καὶ πάντων ἐν ἀτυχίᾳ ὧν χαρίζοιτ' ἂν ὁ νόμος τοῖς μεταστᾶσιν, αἵματί τε ἀναπεφυρμένην ἐκ τῶν τραυμάτων καὶ πολλῇ τῇ ταλαιπωρίᾳ συμφερομένην τῆς θυγατρὸς παρερριμμένης: ἠκούετό τε ἐν τοῖς τοιοῖσδε οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ κατάμεμψις τοῦ Γαίου, ὡς πιθανὴν οὐ σχόντος πολλάκις προηγορευκυῖαν αὐτήν. [196] ἐπ' ἀμφότερα δὲ οὗτος ὁ λόγος καὶ τότε εἰκάζετο καὶ νῦν ἐφ' ὁμοίοις πρόκειται τῇ διανοίᾳ τῶν ἀκροατῶν πρὸς ὅ τι θελήσειαν ῥοπὰς τὰς αὐτοῦ προστιθέμενοι. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀποσημαίνειν ἔφασαν τὸν λόγον, ὡς συμβουλευομένης ἀποστάντα μανιῶν καὶ τοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολίτας ὠμοῦ μετρίως καὶ μετ' ἀρετῆς ἐξηγεῖσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων, καὶ παρ' αὐτὸν ἀπολέσθαι τρόπῳ τῷ αὐτοῦ χρώμενον. [197] οἱ δέ, ὡς λόγου τοῦ περὶ τῶν συνωμοτῶν ἐπιφοιτήσαντος Γαίῳ κελεύσειεν μηδὲν εἰς ἀναβολὰς ἀλλ' ἐκ τοῦ ὀξέος πάντας μεταχειρισάμενον αὐτούς, κἂν εἰ μηδὲν ἀδικοῖεν, ἐν ἀδεεῖ κινδύνων καταστῆναι, καὶ τοῦτ' εἶναι τὸ ἐπονειδιζόμενον, ὡς προηγορευκυίας διαπράξασθαι μαλακῷ γεγονότι. [198] καὶ τὰ μὲν λεχθέντα ὑπὸ τῆς Καισωνίας καὶ ὁποῖα οἱ ἄνθρωποι περὶ αὐτῆς ἐφρόνουν ταῦτα ἦν. ἡ δὲ ἐπεὶ θεᾶται τὴν πρόσοδον τοῦ Λούππου τό τε σῶμα τοῦ Γαίου προυδείκνυεν καὶ ἆσσον ἰέναι παρεκάλει μετ' ὀλοφυρμοῦ καὶ δακρύων. [199] ἐπεὶ δὲ τῇ διανοίᾳ συνεστηκότα ἑώρα τὸν Λοῦππον, καὶ μηδὲν προσιόντα ὡς ἐπὶ πρᾶξιν οὐκ αὐτῷ κεχαρισμένην, γνωρίσασα ἐφ' ὅ τι ἐχώρει τήν τε σφαγὴν ἐγύμνου καὶ πάνυ προθύμως ποτνιωμένη ὁποῖα εἰκὸς τοὺς οὕτω σαφῶς ἐν ἀπογνώσει τοῦ ζῆν γεγονότας καὶ κελεύουσα μὴ μέλλειν ἐπὶ τελειώσει τοῦ δράματος οὗ ἐπ' αὐτοῖς συνέθεσαν. [200] καὶ ἥδε μὲν εὐψύχως ταύτῃ τελευτᾷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Λούππου καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῇ τὸ θυγάτριον. καὶ Λοῦππος ταῦτα προαπαγγέλλων ἔσπευδεν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Χαιρέαν.
****

190 Cherea was very distressed that Gaius's daughter and wife were still alive and that all his family did not share his fate, since any of them who was left would be a menace to the city and the laws. In order to finish this matter properly and to satisfy his hatred of Gaius, he sent Julius Lupus, one of the tribunes, to kill Gaius's wife and daughter. 191 They gave this task to Lupus, a relative of Clement, so that in this way he could take part in the murder of the tyrant and gain the merit of having helped his fellow citizens and be seen as sharing with those who had made the plot from the start. 192 Yet some of the conspirators felt it would be cruel to be so severe upon a woman, arguing that Gaius was indulging his own wickedness rather than following her advice in all that he did, bringing the city to such a desperate condition and bringing the best of its citizens to ruin. 193 Others accused her of responsibility for these things and being the cause of all that Gaius had done, and said she had given a potion to Gaius, which had enslaved him and forced him to love her and drove him mad, so that she had launched all the evils that had happened to the Romans and the world subject to them. 194 At last it was decided that she must die, as those opposed to it were unable to save her, and Lupus was sent off and wasted no time in doing the deed at the first opportunity, wishing in no way to neglect what would benefit the people. 195 Arriving at the palace, he found Caesonia, the wife of Gaius, lying alongside her husband's body, which was laid on the floor, destitute of all that the law allows to the dead. She was covered in blood from his wounds and in a state of utter grief, and her daughter lay there beside her. There was no sound to be heard but her complaint to Gaius, that he had not heeded what she had so often predicted to him. 196 Even at the time this saying was taken in different senses, and it is still regarded as ambiguous, capable of being interpreted according to the mind of the hearers. One meaning was that she had advised him to give up his mad behaviour and his savagery to the citizens, and govern the public with moderation and justice, or he would die in just the same way as he treated others. 197 Another held that when a rumour was heard about the conspiracy, she had asked Gaius not to delay but to immediately put them all to death, whether guilty or not, so as to avoid any danger to himself, and that what she rebuked him for was being too soft in acting on to her prediction. 198 Anyway, that was what Cesonia said and how people variously interpreted it. When she saw Lupus approach, she showed him the body of Gaius and with grief and tears invited him to draw near. 199 But when she saw the intention of Lupus and that he was not coming for a purpose he found disagreeable, she knew why he was there and willingly bared her throat for him. Shouting aloud like a person in utter despair of her life, she told him not to flinch from finishing the drama that was planned for them. 200 So she willingly met her death at the hand of Lupus, as did the daughter after her, and Lupus hurried off to Cherea and his group to report what he had done.

5.

[201] Γάιος μὲν δὴ τέταρτον ἐνιαυτὸν ἡγεμονεύσας Ῥωμαίων λείποντα τεσσάρων μηνῶν οὕτως τελευτᾷ, ἀνὴρ καὶ πρότερον ἢ τῇ ἀρχῇ συνῆλθεν σκαιός τε καὶ κακοτροπίας εἰς τὸ ἄκρον ἀφιγμένος, ἡδονῇ τε ἡσσώμενος καὶ φίλος διαβολῇ, καὶ τὰ μὲν φοβερὰ καταπεπληγμένος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐφ' οἷς θαρσήσειε φονικώτατος, τῆς τε ἐξουσίας ἐφ' ἑνὶ μόνῳ πιμπλάμενος τῷ ὑβρίζειν, εἰς οὓς ἥκιστα ἐχρῆν ἀλόγῳ μεγαλοψυχίᾳ χρώμενος καὶ ποριστὴς ἐκ τοῦ κτείνειν καὶ παρανομεῖν. [202] καὶ τοῦ μὲν θείου καὶ νομίμου μείζων ἐσπουδακὼς εἶναί τε καὶ δοκεῖν, ἡσσώμενος δὲ ἐπαίνων τῆς πληθύος καὶ πάντα, ὁπόσα αἰσχρὰ κρίνας ὁ νόμος ἐπιτιμᾷ τιμωρίαν, ἐνόμισεν ἀρετῆς. [203] καὶ φιλίας ἀμνήμων, εἰ καὶ πλείστη τε καὶ διὰ μεγίστων γένοιτο, οἷς τότε ὀργισθείη ἐκπλήξει κολάσεως καὶ ἐλαχίσταις, πολέμιον δὲ ἡγούμενος πᾶν τὸ ἀρετῇ συνερχόμενον, ἀναντίλεκτον ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς κελεύσειε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν λαμβάνων: [204] ὅθεν καὶ ἀδελφῇ γνησίᾳ συνῆν, ἐξ οὗ καὶ μάλιστα αὐτῷ φύεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις ἤρξατο σφοδρότερον τὸ μῖσος διὰ τὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου μὴ ἱστορημένον εἴς τε ἀπιστίαν καὶ ἔχθραν τὴν πρὸς τὸν πράξαντα παρακαλεῖν. [205] ἔργον δὲ μέγα ἢ βασίλειον οὐδὲν αὐτῷ πεπραγμένον εἴποι ἄν τις ἢ ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ τῶν συνόντων καὶ αὖθις ἀνθρώπων ἐσομένων, πλήν γε τοῦ περὶ Ῥήγιον καὶ Σικελίαν ἐπινοηθέντος ἐν ὑποδοχῇ τῶν ἀπ' Αἰγύπτου σιτηγῶν πλοίων: [206] τοῦτο δὲ ὁμολογουμένως μέγιστόν τε καὶ ὠφελιμώτατον τοῖς πλέουσιν: οὐ μὴν ἐπὶ τέλος γε ἀφίκετο, ἀλλ' ἡμίεργον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀμβλυτέρως αὐτῷ ἐπιπονεῖν κατελείφθη. [207] αἴτιον δ' ἦν ἡ περὶ τὰ ἀχρεῖα σπουδὴ καὶ τὸ δαπανῶντα εἰς ἡδονάς, αἳ καταμόνας ἔμελλον ὠφελεῖν, αὐτῷ ὑφαιρεῖν τῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς κρείσσοσιν ἀνωμολογημένοις φιλοτιμίας. [208] ἄλλως δὲ ῥήτωρ τε ἄριστος καὶ γλώσσῃ τῇ Ἑλλάδι καὶ τῇ Ῥωμαίοις πατρίῳ σφόδρα ἠσκημένος συνίει τ' ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμα καὶ τοῖς ὑφ' ἑτέρων συντεθεῖσίν τε καὶ ἐκ πλείονος προσυγκειμένοις ἀντειπὼν ἐκ τοῦ ὀξέος φανῆναι πιθανώτερος ἐν μεγίστῳ πράγματι παρ' ὁντινοῦν γενόμενος, εὐκολίᾳ τε εἰς αὐτὸ τῆς φύσεως καὶ τῷ εἰς ἰσχὺν αὐτῇ προσλαβεῖν μελέτην τοῦ ἐπιπονεῖν. [209] ἀδελφοῦ γὰρ παιδὸς υἱεῖ γεγονότι Τιβερίου, οὗ καὶ διάδοχος γίνεται, μέγα ἀνάγκασμα παιδείας ἀντέχεσθαι διὰ τὸ καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς τὰ πρῶτα ἐν αὐτῇ κατορθῶν διαπρέπειν, καὶ συνεφιλοκάλει Γάιος συγγενοῦς τε ἀνδρὸς καὶ ἡγεμόνος εἴκων ἐπιστολαῖς ἐπρώτευσέν τε τῶν κατ' αὐτὸν πολιτῶν. [210] οὐ μὴν ἀντισχεῖν οἷά τε ἐγένετο αὐτῷ τὰ ἐκ τῆς παιδείας συλλεγέντα ἀγαθὰ πρὸς τὸν ἐπελθόντα ὄλεθρον αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐξουσίας: οὕτως ἄρα δυσπόριστον ἡ ἀρετὴ τοῦ σωφρονεῖν, οἷς ἀνυπεύθυνον τὸ πράσσειν ῥᾳστώνῃ πάρεστιν. [211] φίλοις μὲν κεχρῆσθαι καὶ πάντα ἀξιολόγοις ὑποσπουδασθεὶς τὸ κατ' ἀρχὰς ὑπό τε παιδείας καὶ δόξης ζήλου τῶν κρειττόνων, μέχρι δὴ τῷ περιόντι τοῦ ὑβρίζειν ἀπαμφίασις εὐνοίᾳ τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐχρήσαντο μίσους ὑποφυέντος ὑπ' αὐτῶν ἐπιβουλευθεὶς τελευτᾷ.
****

201 Gaius met his end after ruling the Romans for four months short of four years. Even before he became emperor he was ill-natured and very depraved, a slave to pleasure and a lover of slander, excited by dreadful deeds and disposed to murder when he could get away with it. He used his power for the sole purpose of heaping insults on those who least deserved it, and grew wealthy by murder and lawlessness. 202 He sought to be above either religion or law, but was a slave to the praise of the crowd, and he placed a virtue on things that were shameful and condemned by the law. 203 He was forgetful of friends, no matter how close or noble they might be, and if he was angry with any of them, he would punish them for trivial matters and regarded with h ostility anyone who tried to live virtuously and would brook no challenge to any order he gave, in following his own whims. 204 So he even had intercourse with his own sister, a thing that made the citizens hate him bitterly, as such behaviour was unheard of in past ages and brought mistrust and hatred upon the perpetrator. 205 Nobody can name any great or royal work he ever did as a service to his own or future ages, except the harbour he planned near Rhegium and Sicily, to receive the ships bringing corn from Egypt. 206 This was indisputably great in itself and most useful to the sailors, but the work was not completed by him, but half of it was left unfinished through his lack of diligence, 207 since he gave his attention to useless things and spent his money upon pleasures just for his own satisfaction, so that he lost interest in things that were undeniably of more importance. 208 On the other hand he was an excellent orator and fluent in Greek as well as in his native Roman language, an intelligent men, able to give impromptu replies to speeches painstakingly made by others. He was more skilled than anybody at urging others to great things, from a natural affability which had been improved by much study and toil, 209 for as the grandson of the brother of Tiberius, whose successor he was, he was highly motivated to acquire learning, for the latter had achieved excellence in this field, and, prompted by the letters of his relative the emperor, Gaius aspired to similar glory and was highly esteemed by his citizens. 210 Still the benefits he had from his learning did not prevent him being corrupted by his rise to power, so difficult it is for people with absolute power to do what they please, to preserve the virtue of wisdom. 211 At first, due to his education and his zeal to imitate the best examples, the friends he made were people worthy in every way; but later, as he began to treat them insolently, they set aside their goodwill for him and began to hate him, and from this arose their plotting, from which he died.

Chapter 3. [212-235]
Claudius attempts to flee, but is kidnapped by soldiers. The Senators try to bully him, but then submit to him

1.

[212] Κλαύδιος δέ, καθάπερ ἀνώτερον ἔφην, ἀπορρήξεως αὐτῷ τῶν Γαίου ὁδῶν γενομένης καὶ τοῦ οἴκου θορυβηθέντος πάθει τῆς Καίσαρος τελευτῆς, ἐν ἀμηχάνοις ὢν περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας ἔν τινι στενωπῷ κατειλημμένος ἔκρυπτεν ἑαυτὸν οὐδεμίαν κινδύνων αἰτίαν πλὴν τῆς γενναιότητος ὑφορώμενος: [213] μέτριον γὰρ ἰδιώτης ὢν ἦγεν αὑτὸν καὶ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἀρκῶν ἦν, παιδείᾳ τε συνιὼν καὶ μάλιστα τῇ Ἑλληνίδι καὶ παντὸς τοῦ εἰς θόρυβον ἀνακειμένου παντοίως ἀπαλλάσσων αὑτόν. [214] τότε δὲ πτοίας κατειληφυίας τὸν ὄχλον καὶ τοῦ βασιλείου παντὸς στρατιωτικῆς μανίας ἀνάπλεω γεγονότος καὶ δειλίας καὶ ἀταξίας ἰδιωτῶν οἷον ἀπειληφότων σωματοφυλάκων, οἱ περὶ τὸ στρατηγικὸν καλούμενον, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τῆς στρατιᾶς καθαρώτατον, ἐν βουλῇ περὶ τοῖς πρακτέοις ἦσαν, ὅσοι δὲ καὶ παρετύγχανον, τὴν μὲν Γαίου τιμωρίαν ἐν ὀλίγῳ τιθέμενοι διὰ τὸ κατὰ δίκην αὐτῷ τὰς τύχας συνελθεῖν, [215] τὰ δὲ περὶ αὐτοὺς ἀνεσκοποῦντο μᾶλλον ὃν τρόπον σχήσοι καλῶς καὶ τῶν Γερμανῶν τε ἐν τιμωρίαις τῶν σφαγέων ὄντων ὠμότητος χάριτι τῆς ἑαυτῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ συμφέροντος τοῖς πᾶσιν. [216] ὑφ' ὧν ἁπάντων ὁ Κλαύδιος ἐθορυβεῖτο δεδιὼς περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας, ἄλλως τ' ἐπειδὴ καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀσπρήναν ἐτεθέατο τὰς κεφαλὰς παραφερομένας: εἱστήκει δὲ κατά τι προσβατὸν ὀλίγαις βαθμῖσι χωρίον ὑπεσταλκὼς τῷ κατ' αὐτὸ σκότῳ. [217] καὶ Γρᾶτος τῶν περὶ τὸ βασίλειόν τις στρατιωτῶν θεασάμενος καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀκριβωσομένου τὴν ὄψιν ἀμαθὴς ὢν διὰ τὸν σκότον, τοῦ δὲ ἄνθρωπον εἶναι τὸν ὑπολοχῶντα κριτὴς εἶναι μὴ ἀπηλλαγμένος, προσῄει τε ἐγγύτερον καὶ ὑποχωρεῖν ἠξιωκότος ἐπέκειτο καὶ καταλαβὼν ἐπιγνωρίζει "Γερμανικὸς μὲν οὗτος, φησὶν πρὸς τοὺς ἑπομένους, καὶ στησώμεθα τοῦτον ἡγεμόνα φερό [218] μενοι." Κλαύδιος δὲ ἐφ' ἁρπαγῇ παρεσκευασμένους ὁρῶν καὶ δείσας, μὴ κατὰ φωνὴν ἀποθάνοι τὴν Γαίου, φειδὼ σχεῖν ἠξίου τοῦ κατ' αὐτὸν ἀνεπαχθοῦς ἀνάμνησιν αὐτοῖς ὑποτιθεὶς καὶ τοῦ ἀπρομηθοῦς τῶν γεγονότων. [219] καὶ ὁ Γρᾶτος μειδιάσας ἐπισπᾶται τῆς δεξιᾶς, καί "παῦσαι, φησίν, μικρολογούμενος περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας δέον σε μεγαλοφρονεῖσθαι περὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας, ἣν οἱ θεοὶ Γάιον ἀφῃρημένοι τῇ σῇ συνεχώρησαν ἀρετῇ πρόνοιαν τῆς οἰκουμένης λαβόντες. [220] ἀλλ' ἴθι καὶ τῶν προγόνων ἀπολάμβανε τὸν θρόνον." ἀνεβάσταζέν τε αὐτὸν οὐ πάνυ τοῖς ποσὶ βαίνειν δυνάμενον ὑπό τε φόβου καὶ χάρματος τῶν εἰρημένων.
****

212 Claudius, as I said earlier, had left the path along which Gaius was going, and as the family was shaken with the grief of Gaius' death he was in a quandary how to save himself and was found hiding in a tiny alcove, though he had no reason to suspect he was in any danger, apart from the dignity of his birth. 213 He had behaved modestly in his private life and was content with his lot, applying himself to study and especially in Greek, and keeping well clear of anything that could lead him into any trouble. 214 But as at this time the crowd were seized with panic and the whole palace was full of furious soldiers and even the imperial bodyguards seemed as fearful and confused as private citizens, the so-called "pretorian guard," the finest in the army, met to consider what should be done. Those present cared little about the punishment Gaius had suffered, because he had justly deserved his fate; 215 rather they were considering their own situation and how best to take care of themselves, especially as the Germans were out to punish the assassins - but more to satisfy their own savagery rather than for the public good. 216 All of troubled Claudius, who was afraid for his own safety and especially when he saw the heads of Asprenas and the others being carried about. He was in a raised alcove, with a few steps leading up to it, where he had retreated alone in the dark. 217 When Gratus, one of the palace soldiers, saw him, but did not recognise him exactly by his face since it was dark, but could well see that he was there secretly for some reason, he approached, and on being requested to withdraw, recognised him and said to those behind him, "This is Germanicus! Let us take him and set him up as emperor!" 218 As Claudius saw them preparing to take him by force, he feared that they would kill him for the death of Gaius and implored them to spare him, reminding them how he had never troubled them and saying he knew nothing about what had happened. 219 Gratus smiled at him and grasped his right hand and said, "Sir, give up these small thoughts about saving yourself, when you should be thinking higher thoughts, about taking over the empire, which the gods, in their concern for the world, have entrusted to your virtue by taking Gaius away. 220 Go and take up the throne of your ancestors." So they took him up and carried him, as his own legs would not carry him, in his dread and joy at what they had said.

2.

[221] Συνεστρέφοντο δὲ περὶ τὸν Γρᾶτον ἤδη καὶ πλείους τῶν σωματοφυλάκων καὶ θεωροῦντες τὸν Κλαύδιον ἀγόμενον δόξῃ τοῦ ἐπὶ κόλασιν ἕλκεσθαι Τῶν ἐπὶ τοιοῖσδε ζημιῶν ὡς ἄνδρα ἀπράγμονα διὰ βίου τοῦ παντὸς καὶ κινδύνοις οὔτι μετρίως ἐπὶ τῆς Γαίου ἀρχῆς ὡμιληκότα, τινὲς δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν τοῖς ὑπάτοις ἐντρέπειν κρίσιν ἠξίουν τὴν περὶ αὐτόν. [222] καὶ πλειόνων τοῦ στρατιωτικοῦ συστρεφομένων φυγαί τε ἦσαν τοῦ ὁμίλου καὶ προόδων ἀπορία τῷ Κλαυδίῳ δι' ἀσθένειαν τοῦ σώματος, ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ τὸ φορεῖον αὐτοῦ φέροντες περὶ τὴν ἁρπαγὴν αὐτοῦ παραγενομένης φυγῆς ἔσωζον αὑτοὺς ἀπ' ἐλπίδος θέμενοι τὴν σωτηρίαν τοῦ δεσπότου. [223] ἐν εὐρυχωρίᾳ δὲ τοῦ Παλατίου γενομένοις, πρῶτον δὲ οἰκηθῆναι τῆς Ῥωμαίων πόλεως τοῦτο παραδίδωσιν ὁ περὶ αὐτῆς λόγος, καὶ ἤδη τοῦ δημοσίου ἀντιλαμβανομένοις πολὺ πλείων ἡ ἐπιφοίτησις ἦν τῶν στρατιωτῶν χαρᾷ τὴν ὄψιν δεχομένοις τοῦ Κλαυδίου, περὶ πλείστου τε ἦν αὐτοῖς αὐτοκράτορα στήσασθαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον εὐνοίᾳ τε τῇ Γερμανικοῦ, ἀδελφὸς δὲ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ μέγα πᾶσιν τοῖς ὡμιληκόσιν καταλελοιπὼς κλέος τὸ αὐτοῦ. [224] ἀναλογισμός τε αὐτοὺς εἰσῄει τῆς τε πλεονεξίας τῶν ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ δυναστευόντων καὶ ὁπόσα ἐπὶ τῆς πρὶν ἀρχῆς ἡμάρτητο αὐτῇ. [225] πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀμήχανον τοῦ πράγματος κατενόουν, καὶ πάλιν εἰς ἑνὸς ἀρχὴν μεθισταμένων τῶν ὅλων κινδύνους αὐτοῖς φέρειν δι' ἑνὸς κτησαμένου τὴν ἀρχὴν [μεθισταμένων τῶν ὅλων] παρ' ὃν ἐπιχωρήσει καὶ εὐνοίᾳ τῇ αὐτῶν λαβόντα Κλαύδιον μνημονεύσεις τε χάριτος αὐτοῖς ἀποδιδόντα τιμήν, ἣ ἐπὶ τοιούτοις γένοιτ' ἂν ἀρκοῦσα.
****

221 Many of the bodyguards had already gathered around Gratus, and when they saw Claudius being carried off, they looked on sadly, thinking he was being brought to execution for the recent crimes, while they saw him as a man who all his life had not taken part in public affairs and had faced no little dangers during the reign of Gaius; and some of them thought that his case should be judged by the consuls. 222 Then, as still more of the military gathered, the crowd took flight but Claudius could hardly go anywhere, due to his physical weakness, and when his litter-bearers learned about his being carried off, they fled to save themselves, despairing of their master's survival. 223 When they reached the large court of the palace, which is said to be the earliest inhabited part of the city of Rome, and got as far as the public treasury, many more soldiers surrounded him, glad to see Claudius's face and happy to see him made emperor, due to their goodwill towards his brother Germanicus, who had left behind a great reputation among all who knew him. 224 They reflected on the covetousness of the leaders of the senate and the errors formerly committed when these had been in charge. 225 Seeing that outcome as impracticable, they considered it dangerous if another individual should seize power, while Claudius could only take it by their gift and goodwill, and would remember the favours they had done him and would recompense them well for it.

3.

[226] Ταῦτα πρός τε ἀλλήλους καὶ δι' ἑαυτοὺς διεξῄεσαν καὶ τοῖς ἀεὶ προσπίπτουσιν διηγοῦντο. οἱ δὲ πυνθανόμενοι προθύμως ἐδέχοντο τὴν πρόκλησιν, συμφράξαντές τε καὶ περικλάσαντες ἦγον ἐπὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου φοράδην ἀναβαστάσαντες, ὡς μὴ ἐμποδίζοιτο αὐτοῖς ἡ ἔπειξις. [227] διειστήκεσαν δὲ αἱ γνῶμαι τοῦ δήμου καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς βουλῆς: οἱ μὲν ἀξιώματός τε τοῦ πρότερον ὀρεγόμενοι καὶ δουλείαν ἔπακτον αὐτοῖς ὕβρει τῶν τυράννων γενομένην φιλοτιμούμενοι διαδιδράσκειν χρόνῳ παρασχόν, [228] ὁ δὲ δῆμος φθόνῳ τε πρὸς ἐκείνην καθιστάμενος καὶ τῶν πλεονεξιῶν αὐτῆς ἐπιστόμισμα τοὺς αὐτοκράτορας εἰδὼς καὶ αὐτοῦ καταφυγὴν ἔχαιρεν Κλαυδίου τῇ ἁρπαγῇ στάσιν τε ἔμφυλον, ὁποία καὶ ἐπὶ Πομπηίου γένοιτο, ἀπαλλάξειν αὐτῶν ὑπελάμβανον τοῦτον αὐτοκράτορα καθισταμένου. [229] γνοῦσα δ' ἡ βουλὴ τὸν Κλαύδιον ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀφιγμένον εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον πέμπει πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἄνδρας ἀρετῇ τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν, οἳ διδάξειαν μὴ δεῖν ἐπὶ καθέξει τῆς ἀρχῆς βιάζεσθαι, [230] παραχωρεῖν δὲ τῇ συγκλήτῳ τοσῶνδε ἀνδρῶν ἕνα ὄντα ἡσσώμενον καὶ τῷ νόμῳ παραχωροῦντα τοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς κοινοῖς κόσμου τὴν πρόνοιαν, μνημονεύοντα ὧν οἱ πρότεροι τύραννοι κακώσειαν τὴν πόλιν καὶ ὧν ὑπὸ Γαίου καὶ αὐτὸς κινδυνεύσειεν σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲ μισήσαντα τὴν βαρύτητα τῆς τυραννίδος ὑφ' ἑτέρων πρασσομένης τῆς ὕβρεως αὐτὸν ἐθελουσίως ἐπὶ παροινίᾳ θαρσεῖν τῆς πατρίδος. [231] καὶ πειθομένῳ μὲν τοῦ πρότερον ἀπράγμονος τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπιδεικνυμένῳ βέβαιον τιμάς τε ὑπάρξειν, αἳ ὑπὸ ἐλευθέρων ψηφισθεῖεν τῶν πολιτῶν, καὶ ἐπιχωρήσει τοῦ νόμου τὸ μέρος ἄρχοντά τε καὶ ἀρχόμενον κερδανεῖν ἔπαινον ἀρετῆς. [232] εἰ δὲ ἀπονοοῖτο μηδὲν ἐκ τῆς Γαίου τελευτῆς σωφρονιζόμενος οὔτι γε αὐτοὶ ἐπιτρέψειν τῆς τε γὰρ στρατιᾶς πολὺ εἶναι τὸ συνεστηκὸς αὐτοῖς ὅπλων τε εὐπορίαν καὶ πληθὺν οἰκετῶν, οἳ χρήσαιντο αὐτοῖς. [233] μέγα δὲ μέρος τήν τε ἐλπίδα εἶναι καὶ τὴν τύχην, τούς τε θεοὺς οὐκ ἄλλοις συμμαχεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μετ' ἀρετῆς καὶ τοῦ καλοῦ τοὺς ἀγῶνας ποιουμένοις. εἶναι δὲ τούτους, οἳ ἂν περὶ ἐλευθερίας μάχωνται τῆς πατρίδος.
****

226 These were the ideas they discussed and communicated to whoever they came across. These enquirers willingly embraced the invitation, so they brought Claudius into the camp, crowding closely round him as his bodyguard, so that no one could block their progress. 227 But the people and senators disagreed in their views. The latter wanted to avail of the present opportunity to recover their previous status and be rid of the slavery imposed on them by the abuse of the tyrants, 228 while the people envied them and knew how the emperors could curb their greed and provide protection from them, so they were glad when Claudius was seized and brought to them and thought that if became emperor, he would prevent the kind of civil war there had been in Pompey's day. 229 When the senate knew that Claudius had been brought into the camp by the soldiers, they sent to him their men of highest reputation, to advise him not to use violence in order to come to power. 230 As an individual he should be one of them and yield to the senate, composed of so many men and let the law take its course in ruling the public order. He should remember how much harm earlier tyrants had done to the city and the dangers that both he and they had endured under Gaius, for a man who had so hated the burden of tyranny when imposed by others, ought not himself dare to act in a mad and insolent manner against his country. 231 If he would just agree with them and prove his firm resolve to live quietly and virtuously, he would be decreedd the highest honours that free people can bestow, and by submitting to the law, he would be praised for his virtue, whether as ruler or subject. 232 However, if he were foolish and had learned no wisdom from Gaius's death, they would block him, for much of the army was on their side, and plenty of weapons and slaves at their disposal, 233 and in such cases good hope was as important as good fortune, and the gods would only be on the side of those who in virtue and idealism fight for their country's freedom.

4.

[234] Καὶ οἱ μὲν πρεσβευταὶ Οὐηράνιός τε καὶ Βρόγχος, δήμαρχοι δὲ ἦσαν ἀμφότεροι, τοῖσδε ἐχρῶντο τοῖς λόγοις καὶ καθικέτευον τοῖς γόνασιν αὐτοῦ προσπεσόντες μηδαμῶς πολέμοις καὶ κακοῖς ἐμβαλεῖν τὴν πόλιν, θεωροῦντες στρατιᾶς πληθύι τὸν Κλαύδιον πεφραγμένον καὶ τὸ μηδὲν τοὺς ὑπάτους ὄντας συγκρίσει τῇ πρὸς αὐτόν. [235] εἴ τε τῆς ἀρχῆς ὀρέγοιτο, παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς δέχεσθαι διδομένην: αἰσιώτερον γὰρ καὶ εὐδαιμονέστερον χρῆσθαι τὸν μὴ μετὰ ὕβρεως ἀλλ' εὐνοίᾳ τῶν διδόντων παραλαμβάνοντα.
****

234 These envoys, Veranius and Brocchus, both of them tribunes of the people, made this speech to Claudius, and falling on their knees, implored him not to throw the city into war and disaster. But then they saw the crowd of soldiers surrounding and guarding Claudius and that the forces on the consuls's side were negligible compared with them, 235 they said that if he did desire the leadership, he should accept it as a grant of the senate. He would prosper better and be happier if he gained it, not by force but by the consent of those who could give it to him.

Chapter 4. [236-273]
Claudius avenges the murder of Gaius. Agrippa advises him how to gain the throne

1.

[236] Κλαύδιος δέ, ἠπίστατο γὰρ μεθ' οἵας αὐθαδείας ἀποσταλεῖεν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν γνώμῃ τῇ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ μετριώτερον τρεπόμενος, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ περὶ αὐτοὺς φόβῳ διαναστὰς ἅμα μὲν θάρσει τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἅμα δὲ Ἀγρίππου τοῦ βασιλέως κελεύοντος μὴ προέσθαι τῶν χειρῶν τηλικαύτην ἀρχὴν ἥκουσαν αὐτόματον. [237] πράξας μὲν καὶ περὶ Γάιον οἷον εἰκὸς ἄνδρα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ διὰ τιμῆς ἠγμένον, καὶ γὰρ τὸν νεκρὸν περιέσπεν τοῦ Γαίου καὶ ἀναθέμενος ἐπὶ κλίνης καὶ περιστείλας ἐκ τῶν ἐνδεχομένων εἰς τοὺς σωματοφύλακας ὑπεχώρει, ζῆν μὲν τὸν Γάιον ἀπαγγέλλων κακοπαθοῦντί γε ὑπὸ τραυμάτων ἰατροὺς μετέσεσθαι λέγων: [238] πυθόμενος δὲ τοῦ Κλαυδίου τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἁρπαγὴν ὠθεῖτο πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ καταλαβὼν τεταραγμένον καὶ οἷόν τε ἐκχωρεῖν τῇ συγκλήτῳ ἀνήγειρεν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι κελεύων τῆς ἡγεμονίας. [239] ταῦτα δὲ πρὸς τὸν Κλαύδιον εἰπὼν προσεχώρει πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ μετακαλούσης αὐτὸν τῆς βουλῆς χρισάμενος μύροις τὴν κεφαλὴν ὡς ἀπὸ συνουσίας γινομένης ἀναλύσεως αὐτῷ παρῆν καὶ ἤρετο τοὺς βουλευτάς, τί πέπραχε Κλαύδιος. [240] τῶν δὲ τὰ ὄντα φαμένων καὶ προσανερομένων, ἥντινα γνώμην ἔχοι περὶ τοῖς ὅλοις, τελευτᾶν μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ κατ' ἐκείνην εὐκλεοῦς ἕτοιμος ἦν τοῖς λόγοις, σκοπεῖν δὲ ἐκέλευε περὶ τῷ συμφέροντι πᾶν ὅ τι καὶ εἰς ἡδονὴν φέροι ὑπεξελομένους: [241] χρείαν γὰρ εἶναι τοῖς ἀρχῆς μεταποιουμένοις καὶ ὅπλων καὶ στρατιωτῶν, οἳ φράξαιντο αὐτοῖς, μὴ καὶ ἀπαράσκευοι καταστάντες εἰς τάδε σφαλεῖεν. [242] ἀποκριναμένης δὲ τῆς βουλῆς ὅπλων τε εὐπορίαν καὶ χρήματα εἰσοίσειν, καὶ στρατιᾶς τὸ μέν τι αὐτοῖς εἶναι συνεστηκός, τὸ δὲ συγκροτήσειν ἐλευθερώσεως δούλων γενομένης. "εἴη μέν, ὦ βουλή, φησὶν ὁ Ἀγρίππας ὑποτυχών, πράσσειν ὁπόσα θυμὸς ὑμῖν, λεκτέον δὲ οὐδὲν ἐνδοιάσαντί μοι διὰ τὸ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ φέρειν τὸν λόγον. [243] ἴστε μὴν στρατόν, ὃς ὑπὲρ Κλαυδίου μαχεῖται, πλήθει χρόνου ὁπλιτεύειν μεμελετηκότα, τὰ δ' ἡμέτερα, συγκλύδων ἀνθρώπων πλῆθος δ' ἔσται καὶ τῶν παρὰ δόξαν τῆς δουλείας ἀπηλλαγμένων, δυσκράτητα. πρὸς δὲ τεχνίτας μαχούμεθα προαγαγόντες ἄνδρας μηδ' ὅπως σπάσαι τὰ ξίφη εἰδότας. [244] ὥστε μοι δοκεῖ πέμπειν ὡς Κλαύδιον πείσοντας κατατίθεσθαι τὴν ἀρχήν, πρεσβεύειν τε ἕτοιμός εἰμι."
****

236 Claudius, though he was aware of the arrogance with which the senate had sent to him, still took their advice and behaved more moderately. But he recovered from his fear of them, heartened by the audacity of the soldiers and by the persuasion of king Agrippa, who urged him not to let such power slip from his hands, when it came to him unsought. 237 Towards Gaius this man had done the duty of one who had been so honoured by him, for he took care of the dead body of Gaius and laid it upon a bed and covered it as best he could and went out to the guards to say that Gaius was still alive, but said that they should call for physicians, since he was badly wounded. 238 When he learned that Claudius had been carried off by the soldiers, he rushed through the crowd to him and when he found that he was shaken and ready to hand over to the senate, he roused him instead to hold on to the government. 239 After saying this to Claudius, he went home, and when the senate sent for him, he anointed his head with ointment, as if he had been sleeping with his wife and had come from there to them, and enquired of the senators what Claudius what doing. 240 They told him the situation and asked his opinion about it all, and then he told them expressly that he was ready to lose his life for the honour of the senate, but that they should consider what was best, and set aside their personal convenience. 241 Those who aspire to power need weapons and soldiers to guard them, unless they want to go unprepared and at risk to themselves. 242 When the senate replied that they would be going to it with plent of weapons and money and that part of the army was already on their side and that they would raise a larger one by giving the slaves their liberty, Agrippa answered "Senators, I hope you can achieve what you desire, but let me tell you my thoughts, for your own safety. 243 Note that the army on the side of Claudius has been long practiced in war, but our army will be just a crowd of raw recruits along with people suddenly set free from slavery and ungovernable. With men who know not even how to draw their swords, we must then do battle with those who are skilled in war. 244 So my view is that we should send people to Claudius to persuade him to abdicate the empire, and I am prepared to be one of your envoys."

2.

[245] Καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα εἶπεν, καὶ συγκαταθεμένων πεμφθεὶς σὺν ἑτέροις τήν τε ταραχὴν τῆς βουλῆς διηγεῖται καταμόνας πρὸς τὸν Κλαύδιον ἐδίδασκέν τε ἡγεμονικώτερον ἀποκρίνασθαι καὶ τῷ ἀξιώματι τῆς ἐξουσίας χρώμενον. [246] ἔλεγεν οὖν Κλαύδιος, οὐ θαυμάζειν τὴν βουλὴν ἡδονῇ μὴ φέρουσαν ἄρχεσθαι διὰ τὸ ὠμότητι τετρῦσθαι τῶν πρότερον ἐπὶ τὸ ἡγεμονεύειν καταστάντων, γεύσειν τε αὐτοὺς ἐπιεικείᾳ τῇ καθ' αὑτὸν μετρίων καιρῶν, ὀνόματι μὲν μόνῳ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐσομένης, ἔργῳ δὲ κοινῆς πᾶσι προκεισομένης εἰς μέσον. διὰ πολλῶν δὲ καὶ ποικίλων ὡδευκότι πραγμάτων ἐν ὄψει τῇ ἐκείνων καλῶς ἔχειν μὴ ἀπιστεῖν. [247] καὶ οἱ μὲν πρέσβεις τοιούτων ἀκροάσει λόγων καθομιληθέντες ἐξεπέμποντο. Κλαύδιος δὲ τῷ στρατῷ συλλεχθέντι διελέγετο ὅρκους λαμβάνων ἦ μὴν ἐμμενεῖν πίστει τῇ πρὸς αὐτόν, δωρεῖται τοὺς σωματοφύλακας πεντακισχιλίαις δραχμαῖς κατὰ ἕκαστον ἄνδρα, τοῖς τε ἡγεμόσιν αὐτῶν ἀνάλογον τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ καὶ τοῖς ὅποι ποτὲ στρατοπέδοις ὑπισχνεῖτο τὰ ὅμοια.
****

245 He said this and the senate agreed with him, so he was sent with others and secretly told Claudius of the senate's confusion and advised him to answer them in the peremptory tone of one who wielded dignity and authority. 246 Accordingly, Claudius told the envoys, that he was not surprised that the senate was not disposed to be ruled, since they had been harassed by the savagery of those who had formerly been in charge, but that under him they would experience fair government and an era of moderation, as he would be their ruler only in name, for authority would be equally shared by them all; and since he had passed through many and various life experiences in their sight, they would do well not to distrust him. 247 The envoys, pacified on hearing his answer, were dismissed. But Claudius spoke with the assembled army, who took oaths to continue faithful to him. Then he gave each of the bodyguards five thousand drachmae and a proportionate sum to their officers and promised to give the same to the rest of the armies, wherever they were.

3.

[248] Συνεκάλουν δὲ οἱ ὕπατοι τὴν βουλὴν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ νικηφόρου Διός: ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν. τῶν δὲ οἱ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει κλέπτοντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐνεδοίαζον πρὸς τὴν ἀκρόασιν, τοῖς δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων ἀγρῶν ἐγεγόνεισαν ἔξοδοι προορωμένοις ᾗ χωρήσει τὸ πᾶν ἐν ἀπογνώσει τοῦ ἐλευθέρου γεγονότος, καὶ πολὺ κρεῖττον ἐν ἀκινδύνῳ τοῦ δουλεύειν ὑπειληφότες διαβιοῦν ἀργίᾳ τοῦ πονεῖν ἢ κτώμενοι τὸ ἀξίωμα τῶν πατέρων περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας ἀμφίβολοι καταστῆναι. [249] συνελέγησαν δ' ὅμως ἑκατὸν οὐ πλείους, καὶ διαβουλευομένων περὶ τῶν ἐν χερσὶν αἰφνίδιον αἴρεται βοὴ τοῦ συνεστηκότος αὐτοῖς στρατιωτικοῦ στρατηγὸν αὐτοκράτορα κελευόντων τὴν βουλὴν ἑλέσθαι καὶ μὴ φθείρειν πολυαρχίᾳ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν. [250] καὶ τὸ μὲν καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἀπεφαίνοντο περὶ τοῦ μὴ πᾶσιν, ἀλλ' ἑνὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐφέσιμον εἶναι, ὁρᾶν δὲ ἐκείνοις ἐπιτρέπειν, ὅστις τοσαύτης προστασίας ἄξιος. ὥστε ἐν ἀνίᾳ τὰ τῶν συγκλητικῶν ἦν πολὺ πλέον δι' ἁμαρτίαν μὲν τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν αὐχήματος, φόβῳ δὲ τοῦ Κλαυδίου. [251] οὐ μὴν ἀλλ' ἦσαν οἱ ἐφιέμενοι γένους τε ἀξιώματι καὶ οἰκειότησιν γάμου: καὶ γὰρ Μινουκιανὸς Μᾶρκον καὶ τὸ καθ' αὑτὸν γενναιότητι ἀξιόλογον ὄντα καὶ δὴ ἀδελφὴν Γαίου γεγαμηκότα Ἰουλίαν, πρόθυμός τε ἦν ἀντιποιεῖσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων, κατεῖχον δὲ οἱ ὕπατοι πρόφασιν ἐκ προφάσεως ἀναρτῶντες. [252] Οὐαλέριον δὲ Ἀσιατικὸν Μινουκιανὸς ἐκ τῶν Γαίου σφαγέων ἀνεῖχε τοιούτων διανοιῶν. ἐγεγόνει δ' ἂν φόνος οὔ τινος ἐλάσσων ἐπιχωρηθέντων τῶν ἐπιθυμούντων τῆς ἡγεμονίας, ὥστε ἀντιτάξασθαι Κλαυδίῳ, ἄλλως τε καὶ οἱ μονομάχοι, [253] πλῆθος δ' ἦν αὐτῶν ἀξιόλογον, καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ νυκτοφυλακοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως ἐρέται τε ὁπόσοι συνέρρεον εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον, ὥστε τῶν μετιόντων τὴν ἀρχὴν οἱ μὲν φειδοῖ τῆς πόλεως, οἱ δὲ καὶ φόβῳ τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀπέστησαν.
****

248 While it was still night, the consuls convoked the senate into the temple of Jupiter Victor, but on hearing this summons some of the senators hid in the city, uncertain of what to do, and some of them left the city to go to their farms, foreseeing where things were heading and despairing of liberty, for they reckoned it better for them to be subject and out of danger, able to live an inactive life than to claim the dignity of their ancestors, at the risk of their lives. 249 Only a hundred assembled, and as they debated the situation a sudden complaint arose from the soldiers on their side, demanding that the senate choose them an emperor and not destroy the government by a multiplicity of officers. 250 So they declared themselves in favour of trusting not to all, but to a single ruler, while demanding the right to look for someone worthy to be set over them; but that left the senate worse off than before, because they had not only failed to recover the liberty they boasted of, but were in dread of Claudius. 251 Some of them hankered to be emperor, due to the dignity of their families and their marriage alliances. Marcus Vinucianus had his own nobility and had married Julia, the sister of Gaius, and was quite ready to claim the government, but the consuls held him back with one pretext after another. 252 Vinucianus too, who was one of Gaius's murderers, restrained Valerius of Asia from thinking of it, and there would have been dreadful slaughter if these men had been let set themselves against Claudius. 253 Large numbers of gladiators and soldiers of the urban night watch, and rowers of ships, were also streaming into the camp, so that some of those vying for power gave up their claims in order to spare the city and others did so in fear for their own safety.

4.

[254] Ὑπὸ δὲ πρώτην ἀρχὴν τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ Χαιρέας καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ παρελθόντες ἐν ἐπιχειρήσει λόγων ἦσαν πρὸς τοὺς στρατιώτας. τῶν δὲ τὸ πλῆθος ὡς ὁρᾷ παύοντας αὐτοὺς ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν οἵους τε ἄρχεσθαι, ἀνεθορύβησεν μὴ ἐφιέναι ὥστε εἰπεῖν διὰ τὸ ὡρμῆσθαι πάντας ἐπὶ τῷ μοναρχεῖσθαι, τὸν δὲ ἡγησόμενον ἐκάλουν ὡς οὐκ ἀνεξόμενοι τὰς τριβάς. [255] τῇ συγκλήτῳ δὲ ἀπορία ἄρχειν τε καὶ ὃν ἀρχθεῖεν ἂν τρόπον οὔτε δεχομένων αὐτοὺς τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ τῶν Γαίου σφαγέων συγχωρεῖν τοῖς στρατιώταις οὐκ ἐφιέντων. [256] ἐν τοιούτοις δὲ ὄντων Χαιρέας τὴν ὀργὴν οὐκ ἀνασχόμενος πρὸς τὴν αἴτησιν τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος δώσειν ἐπηγγέλλετο στρατηγόν, εἴ τις αὐτῷ σημεῖον παρὰ Εὐτύχου κομίσειεν. [257] ἦν δὲ ὁ Εὔτυχος οὗτος ἡνίοχος τοῦ καλουμένου πρασίνου περισπούδαστος Γαίῳ, καὶ περὶ τὰς οἰκοδομὰς τῶν στάσεων τοῦ περὶ ἐκεῖνον ἱππικοῦ τὸ στρατιωτικὸν ἐτρίβετο ἀτίμοις ἐργασίαις ἐπικείμενον. [258] εἰς ἅπερ ὁ Χαιρέας ὠνείδιζεν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ τοιαῦτα, τήν τε κεφαλὴν κομιεῖν τοῦ Κλαυδίου: δεινὸν γάρ, εἰ μετὰ μανίαν παραφροσύνῃ δώσουσι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν. [259] οὐ μὴν διετράπησάν γε ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων, ἀλλὰ σπασάμενοι τὰς μαχαίρας καὶ τὰ σημεῖα ἀράμενοι ᾤχοντο ὡς τὸν Κλαύδιον κοινωνήσοντες τοῖς ὀμνύουσιν αὐτῷ. κατελείπετο δὲ ἥ τε σύγκλητος ἐπ' ἐρημίας τῶν ἀμυνούντων καὶ οἱ ὕπατοι μηδὲν ἰδιωτῶν διαφέροντες. [260] ἔκπληξίς τε καὶ κατήφεια ἦν, οὐδ' ὅτι χρήσαιντο αὐτοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰδότων διὰ τὸ ἀνηρεθίσθαι τὸν Κλαύδιον ἐπ' αὐτοῖς, ἀλλήλοις τε ἐλοιδοροῦντο, καὶ μετάμελος ἦν αὐτοῖς. [261] καὶ Σαβῖνος εἷς τῶν Γαίου σφαγέων σφάζειν πρότερον αὑτὸν ἠπείλει παρελθὼν εἰς μέσους ἢ Κλαύδιον ἄρχοντα στήσεσθαι καὶ δουλοκρατίαν ἐπόψεσθαι καταλαβοῦσαν, τόν τε Χαιρέαν εἰς φιλοψυχίαν ἐπέπλησσεν, εἰ καταφρονήσας Γαίου πρῶτος ἀγαθὸν ὑπολαμβάνοι τὸ ζῆν τῆς ἐλευθερίας οὐδ' οὕτως ἀποδοθῆναι δυναμένης τῇ πατρίδι. [262] Χαιρέας δὲ περὶ μὲν τοῦ θνήσκειν ἐνδοιαστὸν οὐδὲν φρονεῖν ἔλεγεν, βούλεσθαι μέντοι διακωδωνίζειν διάνοιαν τὴν Κλαυδίου.
****

254 At daybreak, Cherea and his companions came into the senate and tried to make speeches to the soldiers. But when the crowd saw them making signs with their hands for silence and getting ready to speak, they grew restless and would not allow them, for they all wanted to be under a monarchy, and called for one single ruler without further delay. 255 The senate hesitated about whether to rule or let themselves be ruled, but the soldiers would not allow them to rule and the murderers of Gaius would not allow the soldiers to dictate to them. 256 In this situation Cherea could not contain his anger and promised that if they asked for an emperor he would give them one, if anyone would bring him the watchword from Eutychus. 257 This Eutychus was charioteer of the green troop, and a great friend of Gaius, who used to harass the military with building stables for the horses and made them spend their time in menial labour, 258 which caused Cherea to insult them and say other scurrilous things, and he said that he would bring them the head of Claudius, for it would be dire, after such an era of madness, to hand over the empire to a fool. 259 Unmoved by his words, they drew their swords and took their standards and went to Claudius, to join in swearing their loyalty to him. So the senators were left with no one to defend them and the consuls were no more than private citizens. 260 They were alarmed and saddened, not knowing what would happen, since Claudius was so angry with them, and began reproaching each other, sorry for what they had done. 261 Then one of Gaius's murderers, Sabinus, threatened to go into the middle and kill himself, rather than make Claudius emperor and see slavery return. He scorned Cherea for loving his life too much, if the man who first despised Gaius could think it worth going on with life when, despite all they had done for the sake of liberty, they could not achieve it. 262 Cherea replied that he did not hesitate about killing himself, but that first he would sound out the intentions of Claudius.

5.

[263] Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐν τοῖσδε ἦσαν. ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ στρατοπέδου πανταχόθεν ὠθεῖτο κατὰ θεραπείαν. καὶ τῶν ὑπάτων ὁ ἕτερος Κόιντος Πομπώνιος δι' αἰτίας ἦν τῷ στρατιωτικῷ μᾶλλον ὡς ἐπ' ἐλευθερίᾳ τὴν σύγκλητον παρακαλῶν, ὥρμησάν τε σπασάμενοι τὰ ξίφη, κἂν ἐπέπρακτο αὐτοῖς μὴ Κλαυδίου διακεκωλυκότος. [264] παρακαθίζεται δὲ αὐτῷ τὸν ὕπατον ἐξαρπάσας τοῦ κινδύνου, τῶν δὲ συγκλητικῶν ὅσον ἦν σὺν τῷ Κοίντῳ οὐ μεθ' ὁμοίας ἐδέχετο τιμῆς: τινὲς δὲ καὶ πληγὰς ἔλαβον αὐτῶν ἀνωθούμενοι τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐντεύξεως, Ἀπώνιος δὲ τραυματίας ἀνεχώρει, ἦν τε κίνδυνος περὶ πάντας αὐτούς. [265] καὶ Ἀγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς προσελθὼν τῷ Κλαυδίῳ ἀξιοῖ τοῖς συγκλητικοῖς ἠπιώτερον καταστῆναι: γενομένου γάρ τινος κακοῦ περὶ τὴν βουλὴν οὐχ ἕξειν ὧν ἄρξειεν ἑτέρων. [266] πείθεται δὲ Κλαύδιος καὶ συγκαλεῖ τὴν βουλὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ Παλατίου διὰ τῆς πόλεως φερόμενος παραπέμποντος αὐτὸν τοῦ στρατιωτικοῦ σὺν πολλῇ πάνυ κακώσει τῆς πληθύος. [267] προεξῄεσαν δὲ τῶν Γαίου σφαγέων εἰς τὸ φανερώτερον Χαιρέας καὶ Σαβῖνος εἰργόμενοι προόδων κατ' ἐπιστολὰς Πολλίωνος, ὃν μικρῷ πρότερον Κλαύδιος στρατηγὸν ᾕρητο τῶν σωματοφυλάκων. [268] Κλαύδιος δέ, ἐπείπερ εἰς τὸ Παλάτιον ἀφικνεῖται συναγαγὼν τοὺς ἑταίρους ψῆφον ἀνεδίδου περὶ Χαιρέου. τοῖς δὲ τὸ μὲν ἔργον λαμπρὸν ἐδόκει, ἀπιστίαν δ' ἐπεκάλουν τῷ πεπραχότι καὶ αὐτῷ τιμωρίαν ἐπιβάλλειν δίκαιον ἡγοῦντο ἐπ' ἀποτροπῇ τοῦ μέλλοντος χρόνου. [269] ἀπήγετο οὖν τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Λοῦππός τε καὶ Ῥωμαίων πλείους. λέγεται δὲ Χαιρέας μεγαλοφρόνως ἐνεγκεῖν τὴν συμφορὰν οὐ μόνον τῷ κατ' αὐτὸν ἀμεταπτώτῳ τοῦ σχήματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἷς ὀνειδίσειεν Λοῦππον εἰς δάκρυα ἐκτετραμμένον. [270] ἀποτιθεμένου γέ τοι τὴν στολὴν τοῦ Λούππου καὶ τὸ ῥῖγος αἰτιωμένου φησίν, ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἐναντία τοῦ Λούππου ποιήσαιτο πώποτε ῥῖγος. πλήθους τε ἀνθρώπων ἑπομένου κατὰ θέαν, ὡς ἧκεν ἐπὶ τὸ χωρίον, ἤρετο τὸν στρατιώτην, εἰ διὰ μελέτης αὐτῷ γεγόνοιεν αἱ σφαγαὶ ἢ εἰ πρῶτον ἔχοι τὸ ξίφος ἐΚέλευε κομίζειν ᾧ Γάιον μεταχειρίσαιτο αὐτός: [271] θνήσκει δὲ εὐδαιμόνως μιᾶς πληγῆς αὐτῷ γενομένης. Λοῦππος δὲ οὐ πάνυ δεξιῶς ὑπεξῆλθεν ἀθυμίᾳ καὶ πληγῶν πλειόνων γενομένων διὰ τὸ μαλακῶς τὸν τράχηλον παρασχεῖν.
****

263 That was the situation, but in the camp everyone crowded in on all sides to pay court to Claudius, and the other consul, Quintus Pomponius, was insulted by the soldiers for urging the senate to regain their liberty. They drew their swords and were going to attack him and would have done so if Claudius had not prevented it, 264 for he snatched the consul out of danger and set him beside him. But he did not show the same honour to the senators who sided with Quintus. Some of them were struck and pushed aside as they came to greet him, and Aponius went away wounded and they were all in danger. 265 Then king Agrippa went up to Claudius and asked him to treat the senators more gently, for if any harm came to the senate, he would have nobody to rule over. 266 Claudius agreed and called the senate together to the Palatine and was carried there himself through the city, conducted by the soldiers, to the great vexation of the people. 267 Two of Gaius's murderers, Cherea and Sabinus, marched openly in the forefront although Pollio, whom a little earlier Claudius had made officer of his bodyguards, had expressly forbidden them to appear in public. 268 When he came to the Palatine, Claudius got his friends together and asked for their views about Cherea. They said that the deed he had done was a glorious one, yet still they accused him of treachery and thought it fit to inflict the death penalty upon him, to discourage such actions in the future. 269 So Cherea was led to execution along with Lupus and many other Romans. They say that Cherea bore his fate bravely, not only by being stolid during it, but by rebuking Lupus for giving way to tears, 270 for when Lupus, after taking off his toga, complained of the cold he said that cold was never hurtful to a Wolf. Since many people went along to see the execution, when Cherea came to the place he asked the soldier who was to be their executioner if this was a duty he was used to, or was it his first time to use his sword in this way, and he asked him to use the same sword with which he himself killed Gaius. 271 So he was successfully killed at one stroke, but Lupus did not have such good fortune in leaving this life, since he was nervous and had to take many strokes, as he did not bravely stretch out his neck.

6.

[272] Ὀλίγαις δὲ ὕστερον ἡμέραις ἐναγισμῶν ἐνεστηκότων Ῥωμαίων τὸ πλῆθος τοῖς αὐτῶν ἐπιφέροντες καὶ Χαιρέαν μοίραις ἐτίμησαν εἰς τὸ πῦρ τιθεμέναις, ἵλεων καὶ ἄμηνιν εἶναι τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν ἀχαριστίας παρακαλοῦντες. καὶ Χαιρέᾳ μὲν τοιαύτη τελευτὴ τοῦ βίου συνέτυχεν. [273] Σαβῖνος δὲ Κλαυδίου μὴ μόνον τῆς αἰτίας παραλύοντος αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἣν εἶχεν ἐφιέντος, ἄδικον ἡγεῖτο τὴν ἐκλειπίαν τῆς πρὸς τοὺς συνωμότας πίστεως, σφάζει ἑαυτὸν περιπεσὼν τῷ ξίφει μέχρι δὴ καὶ τὴν κώπην τῷ τραύματι συνελθεῖν.
****

272 A few days later, as the memorial to the dead was at hand, the Roman crowd made their usual sacrifices to the shades and put portions into the fire in honour of Cherea and implored him to show mercy to them and not remain angry at them for their ingratitude; and this was how Cherea met his end. 273 Sabinus, on the other hand, although Claudius set him free and allowed him keep his former office in the army, thought it would be unfair to fail in his duty to his fellow conspirators, so he killed himself by falling upon his sword until the very hilt came up to the wound.

Chapter 5. [274-291]
Claudius restores to the Jews the rights taken away by Caligula

1.

[274] Κλαύδιος δὲ τοῦ στρατιωτικοῦ πᾶν ὅ τι ἦν ὕποπτον ἐκ τοῦ ὀξέος ἀποσκευασάμενος διάγραμμα προυτίθει τήν τε ἀρχὴν Ἀγρίππα βεβαιῶν, ἣν ὁ Γάιος παρέσχε, καὶ δι' ἐγκωμίων ἄγων τὸν βασιλέα. προσθήκην τε αὐτῷ ποιεῖται πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὸ Ἡρώδου βασιλευθεῖσαν, ὃς ἦν πάππος αὐτοῦ, Ἰουδαίαν καὶ Σαμάρειαν. [275] καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς ὀφειλόμενα τῇ οἰκειότητι τοῦ γένους ἀπεδίδου: Ἄβιλαν δὲ τὴν Λυσανίου καὶ ὁπόσα ἐν τῷ Λιβάνῳ ὄρει ἐκ τῶν αὐτοῦ προσετίθει, ὅρκιά τε αὐτῷ τέμνεται πρὸς τὸν Ἀγρίππαν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀγορᾶς μέσης ἐν τῇ Ῥωμαίων πόλει. [276] Ἀντίοχον δὲ ἣν εἶχεν βασιλείαν ἀφελόμενος Κιλικίας μέρει τινὶ καὶ Κομμαγηνῇ δωρεῖται. λύει δὲ καὶ Ἀλέξανδρον τὸν ἀλαβάρχην φίλον ἀρχαῖον αὐτῷ γεγονότα καὶ Ἀντωνίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπιτροπεύσαντα τὴν μητέρα ὀργῇ τῇ Γαίου δεδεμένον, καὶ αὐτοῦ υἱὸς Βερενίκην τὴν Ἀγρίππου γαμεῖ θυγατέρα. [277] καὶ ταύτην μέν, τελευτᾷ γὰρ Μᾶρκος ὁ τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου υἱὸς παρθένον λαβών, ἀδελφῷ τῷ αὐτοῦ Ἀγρίππας Ἡρώδῃ δίδωσιν Χαλκίδος αὐτῷ τὴν βασιλείαν εἶναι αἰτησάμενος παρὰ Κλαυδίου.
****

274 When Claudius had removed all the military whom he suspected, which he did immediately, he published an edict confirming Agrippa in the kingly status which Gaius had given him and highly praising the king. He also added to his kingdom all that country over which Herod, who was his grandfather, had reigned, that is, Judea and Samaria, 275 and this he restored to him as belonging to his family. To them he added Abila of Lysanias and the district round Mount Lebanon, and solemnly swore the treaty with Agrippa in the heart of the Forum, in the city of Rome. 276 He removed from Antiochus the kingdom he held, but gave him a part of Cilicia and Commagene. Also he freed his old friend, the alabarch Alexander Lysimachus, who had been steward to his mother Antonia and was imprisoned by the anger of Gaius, and whose son was married to Berenice, Agrippa's daughter. 277 After the death of Alexander's son, Marcus, who had married her when she was a virgin, Agrippa gave her in marriage to his brother Herod and begged Claudius to grant him the kingdom of Chalcis.

2.

[278] Στασιάζεται δὲ κατ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον Ἰουδαίων τὰ πρὸς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων πόλεως. τελευτήσαντος γὰρ τοῦ Γαίου τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἀρχῆς τῆς ἐκείνου τεταπεινωμένον καὶ δεινῶς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων ὑβρισμένον ἀνεθάρσησέ τε καὶ ἐν ὅπλοις εὐθέως ἦν. [279] καὶ Κλαύδιος ἐπιστέλλει τῷ ἐπαρχοῦντι κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ὥστε τὴν στάσιν καταστεῖλαι, πέμπει δὲ καὶ διάγραμμα παρακεκληκότων αὐτὸν Ἀγρίππου τε καὶ Ἡρώδου τῶν βασιλέων εἴς τε τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν καὶ Συρίαν γεγραμμένον τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον: [280] "Τιβέριος Κλαύδιος Καῖσαρ Σεβαστὸς Γερμανικὸς δημαρχικῆς ἐξουσίας λέγει. [281] ἐπιγνοὺς ἀνέκαθεν τοὺς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ Ἰουδαίους Ἀλεξανδρεῖς λεγομένους συγκατοικισθέντας τοῖς πρώτοις εὐθὺ καιροῖς Ἀλεξανδρεῦσι καὶ ἴσης πολιτείας παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων τετευχότας, καθὼς φανερὸν ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν γραμμάτων τῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς καὶ τῶν διαταγμάτων, [282] καὶ μετὰ τὸ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ἡγεμονίᾳ Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ ὑποταχθῆναι πεφυλάχθαι αὐτοῖς τὰ δίκαια ὑπὸ τῶν πεμφθέντων ἐπάρχων κατὰ διαφόρους χρόνους μηδεμίαν τε ἀμφισβήτησιν περὶ τούτων γενομένην τῶν δικαίων αὐτοῖς, [283] ἅμα καὶ καθ' ὃν καιρὸν Ἀκύλας ἦν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ τελευτήσαντος τοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐθνάρχου τὸν Σεβαστὸν μὴ κεκωλυκέναι ἐθνάρχας γίγνεσθαι βουλόμενον ὑποτετάχθαι ἑκάστους ἐμμένοντας τοῖς ἰδίοις ἔθεσιν καὶ μὴ παραβαίνειν ἀναγκαζομένους τὴν πάτριον θρησκείαν, [284] Ἀλεξανδρεῖς δὲ ἐπαρθῆναι κατὰ τῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς Ἰουδαίων ἐπὶ τῶν Γαίου Καίσαρος χρόνων τοῦ διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀπόνοιαν καὶ παραφροσύνην, ὅτι μὴ παραβῆναι ἠθέλησεν τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος τὴν πάτριον θρησκείαν καὶ θεὸν προσαγορεύειν αὐτόν, ταπεινώσαντος αὐτούς: [285] βούλομαι μηδὲν διὰ τὴν Γαίου παραφροσύνην τῶν δικαίων τῷ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει παραπεπτωκέναι, φυλάσσεσθαι δ' αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰ πρότερον δικαιώματα ἐμμένουσι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἔθεσιν, ἀμφοτέροις τε διακελεύομαι τοῖς μέρεσι πλείστην ποιήσασθαι πρόνοιαν, ὅπως μηδεμία ταραχὴ γένηται μετὰ τὸ προτεθῆναί μου τὸ διάταγμα."
****

278 About this time there was a revolt of the Jews against the Greeks, in the city of Alexandria. For when Gaius died, the Jewish nation, which had been humiliated under his reign and terribly treated by the people of Alexandria, took courage and immediately armed themselves. 279 Claudius directed the ruler of Egypt to calm that uprising, and sent an edict, at the request of kings Agrippa and Herod, to Alexandria and Syria, on the following lines: 280 "Tiberius Claudius Caesar Augustus Germanicus, with the power of tribune, says: 281 Since I have long known that the Jews of Alexandria, called Alexandrians, have from the start been joint inhabitants with the Alexandrians and have obtained from their kings equal privileges with them, as is clear from the public records in their possession and the edicts themselves, 282 and that after Alexandria was subjected to our empire by Augustus, their rights and privileges were safeguarded by the prefects who were sent there at various times, and that no dispute was raised about those rights, 283 even when Aquila was ruler of Alexandria, and that when the Jewish ethnarch died, Augustus did not prohibit such ethnarchs being appointeded, wanting all subject people to continue observing their own customs and not be forced to transgress their ancestral religion, 284 but that the Alexandrians rose up against the Jews living among them in the time of Gaius, who in his mad lack of understanding, grought the Jewish nation very low, when they would not transgress their ancestral religion and call him a god: 285 I will therefore that the Jewish nation not be deprived of their rights and privileges due to the madness of Gaius, but that the rights and privileges they formerly enjoyed remain with them and that they may continue in their own customs. And I charge both parties to see that no upheaval arises after the promulgation of this edict."

3.

[286] Τὸ μὲν οὖν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἰουδαίων διάταγμα τοῦτον ἦν τὸν τρόπον γεγραμμένον: τὸ δ' εἰς τὴν ἄλλην οἰκουμένην εἶχεν οὕτως: [287] "Τιβέριος Κλαύδιος Καῖσαρ Σεβαστὸς Γερμανικὸς ἀρχιερεὺς μέγιστος δημαρχικῆς ἐξουσίας ὕπατος χειροτονηθεὶς τὸ δεύτερον λέγει. [288] αἰτησαμένων με βασιλέως Ἀγρίππα καὶ Ἡρώδου τῶν φιλτάτων μοι, ὅπως συγχωρήσαιμι τὰ αὐτὰ δίκαια καὶ τοῖς ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίοις ἡγεμονίᾳ Ἰουδαίοις φυλάσσεσθαι, καθὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ, ἥδιστα συνεχώρησα οὐ μόνον τοῦτο τοῖς αἰτησαμένοις με χαριζόμενος, [289] ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ὧν παρεκλήθην ἀξίους κρίνας διὰ τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πίστιν καὶ φιλίαν, μάλιστα δὲ δίκαιον κρίνων μηδεμίαν μηδὲ Ἑλληνίδα πόλιν τῶν δικαίων τούτων ἀποτυγχάνειν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θείου Σεβαστοῦ αὐταῖς ἦν τετηρημένα. [290] καλῶς οὖν ἔχειν καὶ Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ἐν παντὶ τῷ ὑφ' ἡμᾶς κόσμῳ τὰ πάτρια ἔθη ἀνεπικωλύτως φυλάσσειν, οἷς καὶ αὐτοῖς ἤδη νῦν παραγγέλλω μου ταύτῃ τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ ἐπιεικέστερον χρῆσθαι καὶ μὴ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν δεισιδαιμονίας ἐξουθενίζειν, τοὺς ἰδίους δὲ νόμους φυλάσσειν. [291] τοῦτό μου τὸ διάταγμα τοὺς ἄρχοντας τῶν πόλεων καὶ τῶν κολωνιῶν καὶ μουνικιπίων τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ τῶν ἐκτός, βασιλεῖς τε καὶ δυνάστας διὰ τῶν ἰδίων πρεσβευτῶν ἐγγράψασθαι βούλομαι ἐκκείμενόν τε ἔχειν οὐκ ἔλαττον ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα ὅθεν ἐξ ἐπιπέδου καλῶς ἀναγνωσθῆναι δύναται."
****

286 Such were the contents of this edict sent to Alexandria on behalf of the Jews. But the edict sent into the other parts of the world went as follows: 287 "Tiberius Claudius Caesar Augustus Germanicus, high priest, tribune of the people, chosen consul the second time, decrees: 288 At the request of my dear friends king Agrippa and Herod, that the same rights and privileges I have granted to the Jews of Alexandria be retained for those throughout the Roman empire, I willingly grant it, and not only for the sake of the petitioners, 289 but judging the Jews for whom it was requested to be worthy of such a favour, for their loyalty and friendship towards the Romans. I also think it wrong for any Greek city to be deprived of the rights granted to them under the divine Augustus. 290 I therefore see fit to permit the Jews who are under us throughout the world, to retain their ancient customs, unhindered; and I charge them not to abuse my kindness to them by showing scorn for the superstitins of other nations, but just to keep their own laws. 291 Let this my decree be engraved on tablets by the officers of the cities and colonies and municipalities both in Italy and elsewhere, and let kings and officers have it done by means of envoys, and have them exposed to the public for all of thirty days, in places where it may be plainly read from the ground.

Chapter 6. [292-316]
Agrippa shows favour to the people in Jerusalem. Petronius deals with the young idolators of the city of Doris

1.

[292] Τούτοις μὲν δὴ τοῖς διατάγμασιν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειάν τε καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην πᾶσαν ἀποσταλεῖσιν ἐδήλωσεν ἣν περὶ Ἰουδαίων ἔχοι γνώμην Κλαύδιος Καῖσαρ: αὐτίκα δὲ Ἀγρίππαν κομιούμενον τὴν βασιλείαν ἐπὶ τιμαῖς λαμπροτέραις ἐξέπεμψε τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν ἐπαρχιῶν ἡγεμόσιν καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτρόποις διὰ γραμμάτων ἐπιστείλας ἐράσμιον ἄγειν αὐτόν. [293] ὁ δ', ὡς εἰκὸς ἦν τὸν ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν τύχαις ἀνερχόμενον, μετὰ τάχους ὑπέστρεψεν, εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα δ' ἐλθὼν χαριστηρίους ἐξεπλήρωσε θυσίας οὐδὲν τῶν κατὰ νόμον παραλιπών. [294] διὸ καὶ ναζιραίων ξυρᾶσθαι διέταξε μάλα συχνούς, τὴν δὲ χρυσῆν ἅλυσιν τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ ὑπὸ Γαίου ἰσόσταθμον τῇ σιδηρᾷ, ᾗ τὰς ἡγεμονίδας χεῖρας ἐδέθη, τῆς στυγνῆς εἶναι τύχης ὑπόμνημα καὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τὰ κρείττω μαρτυρίαν μεταβολῆς τῶν ἱερῶν ἐντὸς ἀνεκρέμασεν περιβόλων ὑπὲρ τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον, ἵν' ᾖ δεῖγμα καὶ τοῦ τὰ μεγάλα δύνασθαί ποτε πεσεῖν καὶ τοῦ τὸν θεὸν ἐγείρειν τὰ πεπτωκότα: [295] πᾶσι γὰρ τοῦτ' ἐνεφάνιζεν ἡ τῆς ἁλύσεως ἀνάθεσις, ὅτι βασιλεὺς Ἀγρίππας ἀπὸ μικρᾶς αἰτίας εἰς δεσμώτην ἀπέδυ τὸ πρὶν ἀξίωμα καὶ μετ' ὀλίγον τῆς πέδης ἐκβὰς εἰς βασιλέα τοῦ πάλαι λαμπρότερον ἠγέρθη. [296] διὰ τοῦτ' οὖν ἐννοεῖσθαι, ὅτι τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως καὶ [πεσεῖν] ὀλισθάνειν τὰ μεγέθη καὶ τὰ κλιθέντα δύναται περιφανὲς λαβεῖν πάλιν ὕψος.
****

292 Claudius Caesar published his estimate of the Jews by these decrees which were sent to Alexandria and to all the world. Soon he sent Agrippa, now promoted to a higher dignity than before, back home to take over his kingdom and sent letters to the officers and procurators of the provinces to treat him with respect. 293 With the benefit of his improved status, he naturally went home quickly and went to Jerusalem and offered sacrifices of thanksgiving, omitting nothing which the law required. 294 He arranged for many of the Nazarites to have their hair cut, and hung up within the limits of the temple, above the treasury, the golden chain which Gaius had given to him, equal in weight to the iron chain with which his royal hands had been bound, as a memorial of the bitter fate he had endured and a witness to his change for the better, to show how the greatest may fall and how God may also raise what has fallen. 295 For this dedication of the chain illustrated for all how king Agrippa had once been in chains for a trivial reason, but soon after had emerged from his chains and been raised to reign with more glory than before. 296 From this one may learn that to fall lies in man's nature and grandeur may pass away, but fallen things may also be restored to splendour.

2.

[297] Ἐντελῶς δ' οὖν θρησκεύσας τὸν θεὸν Ἀγρίππας Θεόφιλον μὲν τὸν Ἀνάνου τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης μετέστησεν, τῷ δὲ Βοηθοῦ Σίμωνι, τούτῳ Κανθηρᾶς ἐπίκλησις ἦν, τὴν ἐκείνου προσένειμε τιμήν. δύο δ' ἦσαν ἀδελφοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι καὶ πατὴρ Βοηθός, οὗ τῇ θυγατρὶ βασιλεὺς συνῴκησεν Ἡρώδης, ὡς ἀνωτέρω δεδήλωται. [298] σὺν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς οὖν τὴν ἱερωσύνην ἔσχεν ὁ Σίμων καὶ σὺν τῷ πατρί, καθὰ καὶ πρότερον ἔσχον οἱ Σίμωνος τοῦ Ὀνία παῖδες τρεῖς ὄντες ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν Μακεδόνων ἀρχῆς, ὅπερ ἐν ταῖς προαγούσαις γραφαῖς παρέδομεν.
****

297 When Agrippa had duly worshipped God, he deposed Theophilus, son of Ananus, from the high priesthood and gave that honour to Simon the son of Boethus, surnamed Cantheras, whose daughter king Herod had married, as I have said earlier. 298 Simon, therefore, held the priesthood with his brothers and his father, just as the three sons of Simon, son of Onias, had formerly held it under the rule of the Macedonians, as we said in a previous passage.

3.

[299] Καταστησάμενος δὲ τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς οὕτως ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς Ἱεροσολυμίτας ἠμείψατο τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν εὐνοίας: ἀνῆκε γοῦν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπὲρ ἑκάστης οἰκίας, ἐν καλῷ τιθέμενος ἀντιδοῦναι τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσιν στοργήν. ἔπαρχον δὲ ἀπέδειξεν παντὸς τοῦ στρατεύματος Σίλαν ἄνδρα πολλῶν αὐτῷ πόνων συμμετασχόντα. [300] παντάπασιν δὲ ὀλίγου χρόνου διελθόντος Δωρῖται νεανίσκοι τῆς ὁσιότητος προτιθέμενοι τόλμαν καὶ πεφυκότες εἶναι παραβόλως θρασεῖς Καίσαρος ἀνδριάντα κομίσαντες εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων συναγωγὴν ἀνέστησαν. [301] σφόδρα τοῦτο Ἀγρίππαν παρώξυνεν: κατάλυσιν γὰρ τῶν πατρίων αὐτοῦ νόμων ἐδύνατο. ἀμελλητὶ δὲ πρὸς Πούπλιον Πετρώνιον, ἡγεμὼν δὲ τῆς Συρίας οὗτος ἦν, παραγίνεται καὶ καταλέγει τῶν Δωριτῶν. [302] ὁ δ' οὐχ ἧττον ἐπὶ τῷ πραχθέντι χαλεπήνας, καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἔκρινεν ἀσέβειαν τὴν τῶν ἐννόμων παράβασιν, τοῖς ἀποστᾶσι τῶν Δωριτῶν σὺν ὀργῇ ταῦτ' ἔγραψεν: [303] "Πούπλιος Πετρώνιος πρεσβευτὴς Τιβερίου Κλαυδίου Καίσαρος Σεβαστοῦ Γερμανικοῦ Δωριέων τοῖς πρώτοις λέγει. [304] ἐπειδὴ τοσαύτῃ τόλμῃ ἀπονοίας τινὲς ἐχρήσαντο ἐξ ὑμῶν, ὥστε μηδὲ διὰ τὸ προτεθῆναι διάταγμα Κλαυδίου Καίσαρος Σεβαστοῦ Γερμανικοῦ περὶ τοῦ ἐφίεσθαι Ἰουδαίους φυλάσσειν τὰ πάτρια πεισθῆναι ὑμᾶς αὐτῷ, [305] τἀναντία δὲ πάντα πρᾶξαι, συναγωγὴν Ἰουδαίων κωλύοντας εἶναι διὰ τὸ μεταθεῖναι ἐν αὐτῇ τὸν Καίσαρος ἀνδριάντα, παρανομοῦντας οὐκ εἰς μόνους Ἰουδαίους, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸν αὐτοκράτορα, οὗ ὁ ἀνδριὰς βέλτιον ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ναῷ ἢ ἐν ἀλλοτρίῳ ἐτίθετο καὶ ταῦτα ἐν τῷ τῆς συναγωγῆς τόπῳ, τοῦ φύσει δικαιοῦντος ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν ἰδίων τόπων κυριεύειν κατὰ τὸ Καίσαρος ἐπίκριμα: [306] τοῦ γὰρ ἐμοῦ ἐπικρίματος μιμνήσκεσθαι γελοῖόν ἐστιν μετὰ τὸ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος διάταγμα τοῦ ἐπιτρέψαντος Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς ἰδίοις ἔθεσι χρῆσθαι, ἔτι μέντοι γε καὶ συμπολιτεύεσθαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν κεκελευκότος: [307] τοὺς μὲν παρὰ τὸ διάταγμα τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ τοιαῦτα τετολμηκότας, ἐφ' ᾧ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἠγανάκτησαν οἱ δοκοῦντες αὐτῶν ἐξέχειν οὐ τῇ ἰδίᾳ προαιρέσει γεγενῆσθαι λέγοντες ἀλλὰ τῇ τοῦ πλήθους ὁρμῇ, ὑπὸ ἑκατοντάρχου Πρόκλου Οὐιτελλίου ἐκέλευσα ἐπ' ἐμὲ ἀναχθῆναι τῶν πεπραγμένων λόγον ἀποδώσοντας, [308] τοῖς δὲ πρώτοις ἄρχουσι παραινῶ, εἰ μὴ βούλονται δοκεῖν κατὰ τὴν αὐτῶν προαίρεσιν γεγενῆσθαι τὸ ἀδίκημα, ἐπιδεῖξαι τοὺς αἰτίους τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ μηδεμιᾶς στάσεως μηδὲ μάχης ἐῶντας ἀφορμὴν γενέσθαι, ἥνπερ δοκοῦσίν μοι θηρεύεσθαι διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων, [309] κἀμοῦ καὶ τοῦ τιμιωτάτου μοι βασιλέως Ἀγρίππου οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον προνοουμένων, ἢ ἵνα μὴ ἀφορμῆς δραξάμενοι τὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος ὑπὸ τῆς ἀμύνης προφάσει συναθροισθὲν εἰς ἀπόνοιαν χωρῇ. [310] ἵνα δὲ γνωριμώτερον ᾖ, τί καὶ ὁ Σεβαστὸς περὶ ὅλου τοῦ πράγματος ἐφρόνησε, τὰ ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ αὐτοῦ διατάγματα προτεθέντα προσέθηκα, ἅπερ εἰ καὶ γνώριμα πᾶσιν εἶναι δοκεῖ, τότε καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἀνέγνω ὁ τιμιώτατός μοι βασιλεὺς Ἀγρίππας δικαιολογησάμενος περὶ τοῦ μὴ δεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀφαιρεθῆναι τῆς τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ δωρεᾶς. [311] εἴς τε οὖν τὸ λοιπὸν παραγγέλλω μηδεμίαν πρόφασιν στάσεως μηδὲ ταραχῆς ζητεῖν, ἀλλ' ἑκάστους τὰ ἴδια ἔθη θρησκεύειν."
****

299 When the king had settled the high priesthood in this way, he reciprocated to the people of Jerusalem the favour they had shown him, for he released them from the tax which had been payable on every house, out of a desire to repay the affection of those who loved him. He also made Silas the general of his forces, for sharing in many of his troubles. 300 But a little while later the young men of Doris, in a boldly insolent deed of impiety, brought a statue of Caesar into a synagogue of the Jews and erected it there. 301 This greatly provoked Agrippa, as it meant to subvert the laws of his country, so without delay he went to the governor of Syria, Publius Petronius, to denounce the people of Doris. 302 This man was just as angry at what they had done, judging this breach of the laws as sacreligious, so he angrily wrote this letter to the people of Doris: 303 "Publius Petronius, governor under Tiberius Claudius Caesar Augustus Germanicus, to the officers of Doris, says this: 304 Some of you have had the mad audacity to disobey the edict issued by Claudius Caesar Augustus Germanicus, permitting the Jews to observe their ancestral laws, 305 and have done the reverse, by preventing the Jews from having their synagogue, and placing Caesar's statue in it and thereby offending not only the Jews but the emperor himself, whose statue should rather be placed in his own temple than anywhere else, especially in the synagogue, since each should be in charge of their own, as Caesar has decreed. 306 I had also decreed the same thing, though this need hardly be mentioned in light of the emperor's edict allowing the Jews to follow their own customs, since he commands that they be given the same rights of citizenship as the Greeks. 307 Therefore I require the centurion Proculus Vitellius to bring to me for reckoning those who dared to do this despite the edict of Augustus, and which has also upset those who are best reputed among that faction, who say that it was done by a mob impulse and without their explicit consent. 308 I urge their top magistrates, unless they want to be seen as consenting to this action, to point out the guilty parties to the centurion and provide no grounds for strife or battle, which I believe could easily arise from such doings. 309 Both I and king Agrippa, whom I hold in highest honour, have no greater cconcern than to avoid giving the Jewish nation any reason to come together for self defence or do anything drastic. 310 And that it may be more publicly known what Augustus has ruled about this whole matter, I have subjoined the edicts he has recently published published in Alexandria and which, though known to all, my honoured friend king Agrippa read aloud before my tribunal, arguing that the Jews not be deprived of the rights granted them by Augustus. 311 I charge you therefore, in future not to give any grounds for strife or disturbance, but let each be let worship in their own way."

4.

[312] Πετρώνιος μὲν οὖν οὕτω προυνόησε διορθώσεως μὲν τὸ παρανομηθὲν ἤδη τυχεῖν, γενέσθαι δὲ παραπλήσιον μηδὲν εἰς αὐτούς. [313] Ἀγρίππας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀφείλετο μὲν τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην τὸν Κανθηρᾶν Σίμωνα, Ἰωνάθην δὲ πάλιν ἐπ' αὐτὴν ἦγεν τὸν Ἀνάνου τοῦτον ἀξιώτερον τῆς τιμῆς ὁμολογῶν εἶναι. τῷ δὲ οὐκ ἀσμενιστὸν ἐφάνη τὴν τοσαύτην ἀπολαβεῖν τιμήν, παρῃτεῖτο δ' οὖν ταῦτα λέγων: [314] "σοὶ μέν, ὦ βασιλεῦ, τετιμημένος χαίρω διὰ ψυχῆς ἔχων τοῦθ' ὅ μοι γέρας δίδωσιν ἡ σὴ βουλὴ, καὶ πρὸς οὐδέν με τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης ἄξιον ἔκρινεν ὁ θεός. ἅπαξ δ' ἐνδὺς στολισμὸν ἱερὸν ἀρκοῦμαι: τότε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἠμφιασάμην ὁσιώτερον ἢ νῦν ἀπολήψομαι. [315] σὺ δ', εἰ βούλει τὸν ἀξιώτερον ἐμοῦ νῦν τὸ γέρας λαβεῖν, διδάχθητι: πάσης καὶ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἁμαρτίας καὶ πρὸς σέ, βασιλεῦ, καθαρὸς ἀδελφὸς ἔστι μοι: πρέποντα τῇ τιμῇ τοῦτον [316] συνίστημι." τούτοις ὁ βασιλεὺς ἡσθεὶς τοῖς λόγοις τὸν Ἰωνάθην μὲν ἠγάσατο τῆς γνώμης, τἀδελφῷ δὲ αὐτοῦ Ματθίᾳ τὴν ἱερωσύνην ἔδωκε. καὶ μετ' οὐ πολὺ Πετρώνιον μὲν Μάρσος διεδέξατο καὶ διεῖπε Συρίαν.
****

312 Thus Petronius acted to correct this lawbreaking and prevent any such thing being done against them in the future. 313 Now king Agrippa took the priesthood from Simon Cantheras, wishing to return it to Jonathan, son of Ananus, as being more worthy of that dignity, but he did not welcome the restoring of this dignity, but refused it saying, 314 "Your Majesty, my soul rejoices at the honour and that you wish to give it to me, though God has judged me unfit for the high priesthood. I am satisfied with having once worn the sacred vestments, but then it was more sacred than for me to now resume them again. 315 But if you want someone worthier than myself to have this honour, take my advice. My own brother is blameless towards God and yourself, and I recommend him as fit for this honour." 316 The king was pleased with this and took Jonathan's advice, and conferred the high priesthood upon his brother, Matthias. Soon afterwards, Marsus succeeded Petronius as ruler of Syria.

Chapter 7. [317-337]
The arrogance of Silas. Agrippa builds a new wall around Jerusalem, and shows favour to the people of Berytus

1.

[317] Σίλας δ' ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως ἔπαρχος ἐπεὶ διὰ πάσης αὐτῷ τύχης ἐγεγόνει πιστὸς οὐδένα κίνδυνόν ποτε κοινωνεῖν ἀνηνάμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς σφαλερωτάτους ὑποδὺς πολλάκις πόνους, πεποιθήσεως ἦν ἀνάπλεως, προσήκειν ὑπολαμβάνων ἰσοτιμίαν βεβαιότητι φιλίας. [318] οὐδαμῆ τοίνυν ὑποκατεκλίνετο βασιλεῖ, παρρησίαν δὲ διὰ πάσης ὁμιλίας ἦγεν, κἀν ταῖς φιλοφρονήσεσιν ἐγίνετο φορτικὸς σεμνύνων ἑαυτὸν ἀμέτρως καὶ πολλάκις τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ στυγνὰ τῆς τύχης ἄγων εἰς ἀνάμνησιν, ἵνα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τότε σπουδὴν παραδεικνύῃ, συνεχῶς δ' ἦν, ὡς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ κάμοι, πολλὰ διεξιών. [319] τούτων οὖν τὸ πλεονάζον ὀνειδισμὸς ἐδόκει: διὸ προσάντως ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐδέχετο τὴν ἀταμίευτον παρρησίαν τἀνδρός: οὐχ ἡδεῖαι γὰρ αἱ τῶν ἀδόξων χρόνων ἀναμνήσεις, εὐήθης δὲ ὁ διηνεκῶς ἅ ποτε ὠφέλησεν προφέρων. [320] τέλος γοῦν ἀνηρέθισε σφόδρα ὁ Σίλας τοῦ βασιλέως τὸν θυμὸν κἀκεῖνος ὀργῇ πλέον ἢ λογισμῷ διδοὺς οὐ τῆς ἐπαρχίας μόνον μετέστησε τὸν Σίλαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρέδωκεν δεθησόμενον εἰς τὴν ἐκείνου πατρίδα πέμψας. [321] χρόνῳ δὲ τὸν θυμὸν ἠμβλύνθη καὶ λογισμοῖς εἰλικρινέσι τὴν περὶ τἀνδρὸς κρίσιν ἐφῆκεν ἐν νῷ λαμβάνων ὅσους ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου πόνους ἐκεῖνος ἀνέτλη. ἡμέραν οὖν ἑορτάζων αὐτοῦ γενέθλιον, ὅτε πᾶσιν ὧν ἦρχεν εὐφροσύνη ᾗ καθίσταντο θαλίαι, τὸν Σίλαν ἀνεκάλει παραυτίκα συνέστιον αὐτῷ γενησόμενον. [322] τῷ δέ, τρόπος γὰρ ἐλευθέριος ἦν, ἐδόκει προσειληφέναι δικαίαν αἰτίαν ὀργῆς, ἣν οὐκ ἀπεκρύπτετο πρὸς τοὺς μετιόντας αὐτὸν λέγων: [323] "ἐπὶ ποίαν ὁ βασιλεὺς τιμὴν ἀνακαλεῖ με τὴν μετὰ μικρὸν ἀπολουμένην; οὐδὲ γὰρ τὰ πρῶτά μοι γέρα τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν εὐνοίας ἐτήρησεν, ἀπεσύλησεν δ' ὑβρίσας. [324] ἢ πεπαῦσθαι νενόμικέ με τῆς παρρησίας, ἣν ἀπὸ ποίου συνειδότος ἔχων βοήσομαι μᾶλλον, ὅσων αὐτὸν ἐξελυσάμην δεινῶν, ὅσους ἤνεγκα πόνους ἐκείνῳ ποριζόμενος σωτηρίαν τε καὶ τιμήν, ὧν γέρας ἠνεγκάμην δεσμὰ καὶ σκότιον εἱρκτήν. [325] οὐκ ἐγώ ποτε τούτων λήσομαι: τάχα μοι τὴν τῆς ἀριστείας συνεποίσεται μνήμην καὶ μεταστᾶσα τῆς σαρκὸς ἡ ψυχή." ταῦτα ἀνεβόα καὶ διετάττετο τῷ βασιλεῖ λέγειν. ὁ δ' ὡς ἀνιάτως ἑώρα διακείμενον, πάλιν εἴασεν ἐν φρουρᾷ.
****

317 Silas, the king's captain who had stayed faithful to him in all his troubles, never refusing to share any danger with him and often taking great risks on his behalf, felt assured of a sort of equality with the king, due to his firm support. 318 He would nowhere sit lower than the king and took every liberty in conversation with him, until he became a nuisance to the king at social occasions. The man praise himself too much and often reminded the king of the misfortunes he had endured in order to highlight the zeal he had shown in his service, always going on about all that he had done his behalf. 319 This frequent repetition seemed insulting and his unrestrained liberty of speech angered the king. For it is by not pleasing to be reminded of shameful times and it is silly to be always referring to the favours one did for someone in the past. 320 Finally Silas made the king so angry that he acted out of passion more than good sense and not only deposed Silas from his captaincy, but sent him in chains back to his own country. 321 But in time his anger softened and yielded to a fairer judgment about this man, as he considered the hardships he had endured for his sake. So when he was celebrating his birth-day and giving a festival for all his subjects, he suddenly sent for Silas to be his guest. 322 But as a very independent man, the latter took this as a spur to indignation, which he did not hide from those who came for him, but said, 323 "What sort of honour does the king invite me to, which will soon be over? For he did not let me keep the signs of goodwill I once had from him, but haughtily took them away. 324 Does he think I will give up speaking my mind? No, I shall do it more loudly than before and tell of the hazards I rescued him from and all I underwent for him, to win him safety and respect, as reward for which I am bound in chains in this dark place? 325 This I shall never forget and even when it has left the body, my soul will not forget all I have achieved." These words he shouted and told the messengers to tell them to the king. So seeing him incurable in his foolishness, he let him stay on in prison.

2.

[326] Τὰ δὲ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων τείχη τὰ πρὸς τὴν καινὴν νεύοντα πόλιν δημοσίαις ὠχύρου δαπάναις, τῇ μὲν εὐρύνων εἰς πλάτος τῇ δὲ εἰς ὕψος ἐξαίρων, κἂν ἐξειργάσατο ταῦτα πάσης ἀνθρωπίνης κρείττονα βίας, εἰ μὴ Μάρσος ὁ τῆς Συρίας ἡγεμὼν Κλαυδίῳ Καίσαρι διὰ γραμμάτων ἐδήλωσε τὸ πραττόμενον. [327] καὶ νεωτερισμόν τινα Κλαύδιος ὑποπτεύσας ἐπέστειλεν Ἀγρίππᾳ μετὰ σπουδῆς παύσασθαι τῆς τῶν τειχῶν ἐξοικοδομήσεως: ὁ δ' ἀπειθεῖν οὐκ ἔκρινεν.
****

326 He repaired at public expense the ramparts of Jerusalem beside the new part of the city, building them even wider and higher, and would have made them too strong for human power to demolish if Marsus, the governor of Syria, had not by letter told Claudius Caesar of what he was doing. 327 As Claudius suspected some attempted revolt, he sent to Agrippa to immediately stop building those walls, and he thought it wisest to obey.

3.

[328] Ἐπεφύκει δ' ὁ βασιλεὺς οὗτος εὐεργετικὸς εἶναι ἐν δωρεαῖς καὶ μεγαλοφρονῆσαι ἔθνη φιλότιμος καὶ πολλοῖς ἀθρόως δαπανήμασιν ἀνιστὰς αὑτὸν εἰς ἐπιφάνειαν ἡδόμενος τῷ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ τῷ βιοῦν ἐν εὐφημίᾳ χαίρων, κατ' οὐδὲν Ἡρώδῃ τῷ πρὸ ἑαυτοῦ βασιλεῖ τὸν τρόπον συμφερόμενος: [329] ἐκείνῳ γὰρ πονηρὸν ἦν ἦθος ἐπὶ τιμωρίαν ἀπότομον καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἀπηχθημένων ἀταμίευτον, Ἕλλησι πλέον ἢ Ἰουδαίοις οἰκείως ἔχειν ὁμολογούμενος: ἀλλοφύλων γέ τοι πόλεις ἐσέμνυνεν δόσει χρημάτων βαλανείων θεάτρων τε ἄλλοτε κατασκευαῖς, ἔστιν αἷς ναοὺς ἀνέστησε, στοὰς ἄλλαις, ἀλλὰ Ἰουδαίων οὐδεμίαν πόλιν οὐδ' ὀλίγης ἐπισκευῆς ἠξίωσεν οὐδὲ δόσεως ἀξίας μνημονευθῆναι. [330] πραὺς δ' ὁ τρόπος Ἀγρίππᾳ καὶ πρὸς πάντας τὸ εὐεργετικὸν ὅμοιον. τοῖς ἀλλοεθνέσιν ἦν φιλάνθρωπος κἀκείνοις ἐνδεικνύμενος τὸ φιλόδωρον τοῖς ὁμοφύλοις ἀναλόγως χρηστὸς καὶ συμπαθὴς μᾶλλον. [331] ἡδεῖα γοῦν αὐτῷ δίαιτα καὶ συνεχὴς ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις ἦν καὶ τὰ πάτρια καθαρῶς ἐτήρει. διὰ πάσης γοῦν αὑτὸν ἦγεν ἁγνείας οὐδ' ἡμέρα τις παρώδευεν αὐτῷ τὰ νόμιμα χηρεύουσα θυσίας.
****

328 This king was very beneficent and generous by nature and wanted to please foreigners by his gifts, and became famous for the massive sums he spent. His delight was in giving and took pleasure in his reputation for it. He was not at all like the Herod who reigned before him, 329 who had been ill-tempered and severe in punishing and had no mercy on anyone he hated, and was seen to be friendlier to the Greeks than to the Jews. He adorned foreign cities with large gifts of money, building them baths and theatres, with temples in some places and colonnades in others, while he scarcely raised a building in any Jewish city, or made them any donation worth mentioning. 330 But Agrippa's temper was mild and equally generous to all. He was kind to foreigners and showed them his generosity, being of a gentle and merciful temper. 331 He loved to reside in Jerusalem and was most exact in observing the laws of his nation, keeping the laws of purity and letting no day pass without its appointed sacrifice.

4.

[332] Καὶ δή τις ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀνὴρ ἐπιχώριος ἐξακριβάζειν δοκῶν τὰ νόμιμα, Σίμων ἦν ὄνομα τούτῳ, πλῆθος εἰς ἐκκλησίαν ἁλίσας τηνικάδε τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς Καισάρειαν ἐκδεδημηκότος ἐτόλμησεν αὐτοῦ κατειπεῖν, ὡς οὐχ ὅσιος εἴη, δικαίως δ' ἂν εἴργοιτο τοῦ ναοῦ τῆς εἰσόδου προσηκούσης τοῖς ἐγγενέσιν. [333] δηλοῦται μὲν δὴ διὰ γραμμάτων ὑπὸ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τῆς πόλεως τῷ βασιλεῖ δημηγορήσας Σίμων ταῦτα, μεταπέμπεται δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ βασιλεὺς καί, καθέζετο γὰρ ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ τότε, καθεσθῆναι παρ' αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσεν. ἠρέμα τε καὶ πρᾴως "εἰπέ μοι, φησίν, τί τῶν ἐνθάδε [334] γινομένων ἐστὶ παράνομον;" ὁ δὲ εἰπεῖν ἔχων οὐδὲν τυχεῖν ἐδεῖτο συγγνώμης. ἀλλὰ ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῷ ἢ προσεδόκησέν τις διηλλάττετο τὴν πρᾳότητα κρίνων βασιλικωτέραν ὀργῆς καὶ πρέπειν εἰδὼς τοῖς μεγέθεσι θυμοῦ πλέον ἐπιείκειαν. τὸν Σίμωνα γοῦν καὶ δωρεᾶς τινος ἀξιώσας ἀπεπέμπετο.
****

332 But a local man in Jerusalem, named Simon, reputed for his accurate knowledge of the law, held a meeting while the king was away in Caesarea, and dared to accuse him of not living in a holy fashion, saying that by right he should be excluded from the temple, since it belonged only to those who did right. 333 Agrippa was told by the commander of the city that Simon had made this speech to the people, so the king sent for him, and as he was sitting in the theatre, told him to sit down beside him and in a low and gentle voice said to him, "What thing contrary to the law is being done in this place?" 334 But he had nothing to say and begged for pardon. So the king was reconciled surprisingly easily with him, deeming mildness a more royal quality than anger and that for great men fairness is better than passion; and giving Simon a small gift, he dismissed him.

5.

[335] Πολλοῖς δὲ κατασκευάσας πολλὰ Βηρυτίους ἐξαιρέτως ἐτίμησεν: θέατρον γὰρ αὐτοῖς κατεσκεύασε πολυτελείᾳ τε καὶ κάλλει πολλῶν διαφέρον ἀμφιθέατρόν τε πολλῶν ἀναλωμάτων βαλανεῖα πρὸς τούτοις καὶ στοάς, ἐν οὐδενὶ τῶν ἔργων στενότητι δαπανημάτων ἢ τὸ κάλλος ἀδικήσας ἢ τὸ μέγεθος. [336] ἐπεδαψιλεύσατο δ' αὐτῶν τὴν καθιέρωσιν μεγαλοπρεπῶς, ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ μὲν θεωρίας ἐπιτελῶν πάνθ' ὅσα μουσικῆς ἔργα παράγων καὶ ποικίλης ποιητικὰ τέρψεως, ἐν δὲ τῷ ἀμφιθεάτρῳ πλήθει μονομάχων τὴν αὐτοῦ δεικνὺς μεγαλόνοιαν. [337] ἔνθα καὶ τὴν κατὰ πλῆθος ἀντίταξιν βουληθεὶς γενέσθαι τῶν θεωμένων τέρψιν ἑπτακοσίους ἄνδρας ἑπτακοσίοις μαχησομένους εἰσέπεμψεν κακούργους ὅσους εἶχεν ἀποτάξας εἰς τήνδε τὴν πρᾶξιν, ἵν' οἱ μὲν κολασθῶσιν, τὸ πολέμου δ' ἔργον γένηται τέρψις εἰρήνης. τούτους μὲν οὖν πασσυδὶ διέφθειρεν.
****

335 Though he built many things in many places, he specially honoured the people of Berytus by building a theatre for them, more splendid and elegant than many others of the kind, and an amphitheatre built at vast expense. He built them baths and porticoes too, sparing no costs in any of his works, which were both handsome and large. 336 Further, he spent huge sums upon their dedication and held shows in them, bringing in all sorts of musicians to provide the most delightful variety of music. He was also munificent in the large number of gladiators he provided in the theatre, 337 offering various kinds of opponents to please the spectators. He had no fewer than seven hundred men to fight against another seven hundred, assigning to it all the criminals he held, so that as they paid their penalty their war-games provided entertainment in time of peace; and so these criminals all were killed in one go.

Chapter 8. [338-353]
Final acts of Agrippa, and his mysterious death in Caesarea, for blasphemy

1.

[338] Ἐν Βηρυτῷ δὲ τελέσας τὰ προειρημένα μετῆλθεν εἰς Τιβεριάδα πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας. ἦν δὲ ἄρα τοῖς ἄλλοις βασιλεῦσιν περίβλεπτος. ἧκε γοῦν παρ' αὐτὸν Κομμαγηνῆς μὲν βασιλεὺς Ἀντίοχος, Ἐμεσῶν δὲ Σαμψιγέραμος καὶ Κότυς, τῆς μικρᾶς Ἀρμενίας οὗτος ἐβασίλευσεν, καὶ Πολέμων τὴν Πόντου κεκτημένος δυναστείαν Ἡρώδης τε: οὗτος ἀδελφὸς ἦν αὐτοῦ, ἦρχεν δὲ τῆς Χαλκίδος. [339] ὡμίλησε δὲ πᾶσιν κατά τε τὰς ὑποδοχὰς καὶ φιλοφρονήσεις ὡς μάλιστα διαδείξας φρονήσεως ὕψος καὶ διὰ τοῦτό γε δοκεῖν δικαίως τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως παρουσίᾳ τετιμῆσθαι. [340] ἀλλὰ γὰρ τούτων διατριβόντων ἔτι παρ' αὐτῷ Μάρσος ὁ τῆς Συρίας ἡγεμὼν παρεγένετο. πρὸς Ῥωμαίους οὖν τιμητικὸν τηρῶν ὑπαντησόμενος αὐτῷ τῆς πόλεως ἀπωτέρω σταδίους ἑπτὰ προῆλθεν ὁ βασιλεύς. [341] τοῦτο δὲ ἄρα ἔμελλεν τῆς πρὸς Μάρσον ἀρχὴ γενήσεσθαι διαφορᾶς: συγκαθεζόμενος γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀπήνης ἐπήγετο τοὺς ἄλλους βασιλέας, Μάρσῳ δ' ἡ τούτων ὁμόνοια καὶ μέχρι τοσοῦδε φιλία πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὑπωπτεύθη συμφέρειν οὐχ ὑπολαμβάνοντι Ῥωμαίοις δυναστῶν τοσούτων συμφρόνησιν. εὐθὺς οὖν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων τινὰς πέμπων ἐπέστελλεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ δίχα μελλήσεως ἀπέρχεσθαι. [342] ταῦτα Ἀγρίππας ἀνιαρῶς ἐξεδέχετο: καὶ Μάρσῳ μὲν ἐκ τούτου διαφόρως ἔσχεν, τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην δὲ Ματθίαν ἀφελόμενος ἀντ' αὐτοῦ κατέστησεν ἀρχιερέα Ἐλιωναῖον τὸν τοῦ Κιθαίρου παῖδα.
****

338 When Agrippa had completed in Berytus the work I have earlier mentioned, he moved to Tiberias, a city in Galilee, where he was highly esteemed by other kings. Among those who came to him were Antiochus, king of Commagene, Sampsigeramus, king of Emesa and Cotys, who the king of Lesser Armenia and Polemo, the king of Pontus, and Herod his brother, who was king of Chalcis. 339 All these he treated most cordially, with pleasant conversation that showed his refined spirit, worthy of the respect paid him by the kings who came to see him in this way. 340 While they were staying with him, Marsus, the governor of Syria, also came and the king, in order to show the respect due to the Romans, went seven furlongs out from the city to meet him. 341 But it proved to be the beginning of a difference between him and Marsus; for he took the other kings with him in his chariot and Marsus wondered what such friendship between these kings could mean and did not think such a close agreement of so many powerful men was in the interest of the Romans. Therefore he sent some of his servants to each of them, telling them to go off home without delay. 342 Agrippa took this badly and was hostile to him from then on. He also took the high priesthood away from Matthias and made Elioneus, son of Cantheras, high priest in his place.

2.

[343] Τρίτον δὲ ἔτος αὐτῷ βασιλεύοντι τῆς ὅλης Ἰουδαίας πεπλήρωτο, καὶ παρῆν εἰς πόλιν Καισάρειαν, ἣ τὸ πρότερον Στράτωνος πύργος ἐκαλεῖτο. συνετέλει δ' ἐνταῦθα θεωρίας εἰς τὴν Καίσαρος τιμὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκείνου σωτηρίας ἑορτήν τινα ταύτην ἐπιστάμενος, καὶ παρ' αὐτὴν ἤθροιστο τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπαρχίαν ἐν τέλει καὶ προβεβηκότων εἰς ἀξίαν πλῆθος. [344] δευτέρᾳ δὴ τῶν θεωριῶν ἡμέρᾳ στολὴν ἐνδὺς ἐξ ἀργύρου πεποιημένην πᾶσαν, ὡς θαυμάσιον ὑφὴν εἶναι, παρῆλθεν εἰς τὸ θέατρον ἀρχομένης ἡμέρας. ἔνθα ταῖς πρώταις τῶν ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων ἐπιβολαῖς ὁ ἄργυρος καταυγασθεὶς θαυμασίως ἀπέστιλβε μαρμαίρων τι φοβερὸν καὶ τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν ἀτενίζουσι φρικῶδες. [345] εὐθὺς δὲ οἱ κόλακες τὰς οὐδὲ ἐκείνῳ πρὸς ἀγαθοῦ ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν φωνὰς ἀνεβόων, θεὸν προσαγορεύοντες εὐμενής τε εἴης ἐπιλέγοντες, εἰ καὶ μέχρι νῦν ὡς ἄνθρωπον ἐφοβήθημεν, ἀλλὰ τοὐντεῦθεν κρείττονά σε θνητῆς φύ [346] σεως ὁμολογοῦμεν." οὐκ ἐπέπληξεν τούτοις ὁ βασιλεὺς οὐδὲ τὴν κολακείαν ἀσεβοῦσαν ἀπετρίψατο. ἀνακύψας δ' οὖν μετ' ὀλίγον τὸν βουβῶνα τῆς ἑαυτοῦ κεφαλῆς ὑπερκαθιζόμενον εἶδεν ἐπὶ σχοινίου τινός. ἄγγελον τοῦτον εὐθὺς ἐνόησεν κακῶν εἶναι τὸν καί ποτε τῶν ἀγαθῶν γενόμενον, καὶ διακάρδιον ἔσχεν ὀδύνην, ἄθρουν δ' αὐτῷ τῆς κοιλίας προσέφυσεν ἄλγημα μετὰ σφοδρότητος ἀρξάμενον. [347] ἀναθορὼν οὖν πρὸς τοὺς φίλους, "ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν ἐγώ, φησίν, ἤδη καταστρέφειν ἐπιτάττομαι τὸν βίον, παραχρῆμα τῆς εἱμαρμένης τὰς ἄρτι μου κατεψευσμένας φωνὰς ἐλεγχούσης: ὁ κληθεὶς ἀθάνατος ὑφ' ὑμῶν ἤδη θανεῖν ἀπάγομαι. δεκτέον δὲ τὴν πεπρωμένην, ᾗ θεὸς βεβούληται: καὶ γὰρ βεβιώκαμεν οὐδαμῇ φαύλως, [348] ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῆς μακαριζομένης λαμπρότητος." ταῦθ' ἅμα λέγων ἐπιτάσει τῆς ὀδύνης κατεπονεῖτο: μετὰ σπουδῆς οὖν εἰς τὸ βασίλειον ἐκομίσθη καὶ διῇξε λόγος εἰς πάντας, ὡς ἔχοι τοῦ τεθνάναι παντάπασι μετ' ὀλίγον. [349] ἡ πληθὺς δ' αὐτίκα σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ παισὶν ἐπὶ σάκκων καθεσθεῖσα τῷ πατρίῳ νόμῳ τὸν θεὸν ἱκέτευεν ὑπὲρ τοῦ βασιλέως, οἰμωγῆς δὲ πάντ' ἦν ἀνάπλεα καὶ θρήνων. ἐν ὑψηλῷ δ' ὁ βασιλεὺς δωματίῳ κατακείμενος καὶ κάτω βλέπων αὐτοὺς πρηνεῖς καταπίπτοντας ἄδακρυς οὐδ' αὐτὸς διέμενεν. [350] συνεχεῖς δ' ἐφ' ἡμέρας πέντε τῷ τῆς γαστρὸς ἀλγήματι διεργασθεὶς τὸν βίον κατέστρεψεν, ἀπὸ γενέσεως ἄγων πεντηκοστὸν ἔτος καὶ τέταρτον, τῆς βασιλείας δ' ἕβδομον. [351] τέτταρας μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ Γαίου Καίσαρος ἐβασίλευσεν ἐνιαυτοὺς τῆς Φιλίππου μὲν τετραρχίας εἰς τριετίαν ἄρξας, τῷ τετάρτῳ δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἡρώδου προσειληφώς, τρεῖς δ' ἐπιλαβὼν τῆς Κλαυδίου Καίσαρος αὐτοκρατορίας, ἐν οἷς τῶν τε προειρημένων ἐβασίλευσεν καὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν προσέλαβεν Σαμάρειάν τε καὶ Καισάρειαν. [352] προσωδεύσατο δ' ὅτι πλείστας αὐτῶν προσφορὰς διακοσίας ἐπὶ χιλίαις μυριάδας, πολλὰ μέντοι προσεδανείσατο: τῷ γὰρ φιλόδωρος εἶναι δαψιλέστερα τῶν προσιόντων ἀνήλισκεν, ἦν δὲ ἀφειδὲς αὐτοῦ τὸ φιλότιμον.
****

343 When Agrippa had reigned for three years over all Judea, he came to the city of Caesarea, which was formerly called Strato's Tower, where he held shows in honour of Caesar, when he heard that a festival was being held to make vows for his safety, bringing together a large crowd of officials and the men of rank of his province. 344 On the second day of the games he wore a robe all made of silver, of wonderful texture, and came into the theatre early in the morning, a time when the silver of his robe glowed in the rays of the rising sun, and shone so brightly as to fill with awe those who looked directly at him. 345 Soon his flatterers cried out from various places, though not for his good, that he was a god. They added, "Be merciful to us, for though up to now we have reverenced you only as a man, from now on we shall confess that you are above mortal nature." 346 The king did not rebuke them or reject their flattery as impious. But later he looked up and saw an owl sitting on a rope above his head and immediately understood that this bird was an omen of bad news, as it had once brought him the message of good news, and he felt an ache around his heart. An intense pain arose in his belly that severely affected him from the start. 347 Looking up at his friends he said, "This god, as you call me, is now commanded to depart this life; for that is how Fate punishes the lying words you said to me just now, and I whom you called immortal, am sentenced to death. But I have to accept what God decrees, for we have by no means fared badly, but lived in splendid good fortune." 348 As he said this, he gasped with pain and he was quickly carried into the palace, and the rumour went round that he was about to die. 349 Straight away the people with their wives and children put on sackcloth, according to their ancestral law and prayed for the king's recovery and all was full of mourning and lamentation. The king lay in a lofty bedchamber and as he saw them lying prostrate on the ground below, he could not help weeping. 350 After five days tormented the pain in his belly, he departed this life, in the fifty-fourth year of his age and the seventh year of his reign. 351 He reigned for four years under Gaius Caesar, three of them over Philip's tetrarchy only and in the fourth with the addition of that of Herod. Then he reigned for three years under the reign of Claudius Caesar, during which time he ruled the above countries, in addition to Judea and Samaria and Caesarea. 352 The revenues he received from them were great, no less than twelve million drachmae, yet he borrowed a large amount from others, as his generosity and liberality were so boundless that his expenses exceeded his income.

3.

[353] Ἀγνοουμένης γε μὴν τοῖς πλήθεσιν τῆς ἐκπνοῆς αὐτοῦ συμφρονήσαντες Ἡρώδης τε ὁ τῆς Χαλκίδος δυναστεύων καὶ Ἑλκίας ὁ ἔπαρχος καὶ φίλος τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀρίστωνα ἔπεμψαν τῶν ὑπηρετῶν τὸν ἐπιτήδειον καὶ Σίλαν, ἐχθρὸς γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς, ἀπέσφαξαν ὡς δὴ τοῦ βασιλέως κελεύσαντος.
****

353 Before the people learned of Agrippa's death, Herod the king of Chalcis and captain Helcias, the friend of the king, sent one of the king's most faithful servants, Aristo, to kill Silas, who was their enemy, as if it were done at the king's own command.

Chapter 9. [354-366]
After Agrippa's death, Claudius sets a procurator, Cuspius Fadus, over the kingdom of Judea

1.

[354] Ἀγρίππας μὲν οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς τρόπῳ τοιούτῳ κατέστρεψεν τὸν βίον, γένει δὲ αὐτῷ κατελέλειπτο υἱὸς μὲν Ἀγρίππας ἄγων ἔτος ἑπτακαιδέκατον, τρεῖς δὲ θυγατέρες, ὧν ἡ μὲν Ἡρώδῃ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀδελφῷ γεγάμητο Βερενίκη τὸ ἑκκαιδέκατον ἔτος γεγονυῖα, παρθένοι δ' ἦσαν αἱ δύο Μαριάμμη τε καὶ Δρούσιλλα, δεκαετὴς μὲν ἡ ἑτέρα, ἑξαετὴς δὲ Δρούσιλλα: [355] καθωμολόγηντο δ' ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸς γάμον Ἰουλίῳ μὲν Ἀρχελάῳ τοῦ Χελκίου παιδὶ Μαριάμμη, Δρούσιλλα δὲ Ἐπιφανεῖ, τοῦ δὲ τῆς Κομμαγηνῆς βασιλέως Ἀντιόχου υἱὸς ἦν οὗτος. [356] ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὅτε ἐγνώσθη τὸν βίον ἐκλιπὼν Ἀγρίππας, Καισαρεῖς καὶ Σεβαστηνοὶ τῶν εὐποιιῶν αὐτοῦ λαθόμενοι τὰ τῶν δυσμενεστάτων ἐποίησαν: [357] βλασφημίας τε γὰρ ἀπερρίπτουν εἰς τὸν κατοιχόμενον ἀπρεπεῖς λέγεσθαι καὶ ὅσοι στρατευόμενοι τότε ἔτυχον, συχνοὶ δ' ἦσαν, οἴκαδε ἀπῆλθον καὶ τοὺς ἀνδριάντας τῶν τοῦ βασιλέως θυγατέρων ἁρπάσαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐκόμισαν εἰς τὰ πορνεῖα καὶ στήσαντες ἐπὶ τῶν τεγῶν ὡς δυνατὸν ἦν ἀφύβριζον ἀσχημονέστερα διηγήσεως δρῶντες, [358] ἐπί τε τοῖς δημοσίοις κατακλινόμενοι τόποις πανδήμους ἑστιάσεις ἐπετέλουν στεφανούμενοι καὶ μυριζόμενοι καὶ σπένδοντες τῷ Χάρωνι προπόσεις τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκπνοῆς ἀλλήλοις ἀνταποδιδόντες. [359] ἀμνήμονες δ' ἦσαν οὐκ Ἀγρίππα μόνον χρησαμένου πολλαῖς εἰς αὐτοὺς φιλοτιμίαις, καὶ τοῦ πάππου δὲ Ἡρώδου: τὰς πόλεις ἐκεῖνος αὐτοῖς ἔκτισεν λιμένας τε καὶ ναοὺς κατεσκεύασεν λαμπροῖς δαπανήμασιν.
****

354 So king Agrippa departed this life, leaving behind him a son, Agrippa by name, a youth in the seventeen, and three daughters; one of whom, Berenice, was sixteen years old and married to Herod, his father's brother. The other two, Mariamne and Drusilla, were still virgins, the former being ten years old and Drusilla six. 355 Their father had arranged marriages for these daughters, Mariamne to Julius Archelaus Epiphanes, son of Antiochus, son of Chelcias, and Drusilla to the king of Commagene. 356 When it was known that Agrippa was dead, the people of Caesarea and of Sebaste forgot his goodness to them and became his bitterest critics. 357 They blasphemed the deceased with unrepeatable insults and the many of the soldiers there went quickly to his house and took the statues of his king's daughters and brought them to the brothels and set them on the rooftops, and violated them by actions too indecent to report. 358 They sprawled about in public places and celebrated publicly, with garlands on their heads and anointing and libations to Charon and drinking to each other's health in their joy at the kings death. 359 Not only did they scorn Agrippa, who had been so generous towards them, but also his grandfather Herod, who had rebuilt their cities and made them harbours and temples at huge expense.

2.

[360] Ὁ δὲ τοῦ τεθνεῶτος υἱὸς Ἀγρίππας ἐπὶ Ῥώμης ἦν ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ τρεφόμενος παρὰ Κλαυδίῳ Καίσαρι. [361] πυθόμενός γε μὴν Καῖσαρ, ὅτι τέθνηκεν Ἀγρίππας, Σεβαστηνοὶ δὲ καὶ Καισαρεῖς ὑβρίκασιν εἰς αὐτόν, ἐπ' ἐκείνῳ μὲν ἤλγησεν, ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺς ἀχαριστήσαντας ὠργίσθη. [362] πέμπειν οὖν εὐθέως ὥρμητο τὸν νεώτερον Ἀγρίππαν τὴν βασιλείαν διαδεξόμενον ἅμα βουλόμενος ἐμπεδοῦν τοὺς ὀμωμοσμένους ὅρκους, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐξελευθέρων καὶ φίλων οἱ πολὺ παρ' αὐτῷ δυνάμενοι ἀπέτρεψαν, σφαλερὸν εἶναι λέγοντες κομιδῇ νέῳ μηδὲ τοὺς παιδὸς ἐκβεβηκότι χρόνους ἐπιτρέπειν βασιλείας τηλικοῦτον μέγεθος, ᾧ μὴ δυνατὸν τὰς τῆς διοικήσεως φροντίδας ἐνεγκεῖν, καὶ τελείῳ δ' οὖν εἶναι βαρὺ βάσταγμα βασιλείαν. [363] ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοὺς εἰκότα λέγειν ὁ Καῖσαρ. ἔπαρχον οὖν τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ τῆς ἁπάσης βασιλείας ἀπέστειλεν Κούσπιον Φᾶδον τῷ κατοιχομένῳ διδοὺς τιμὴν τὸ μὴ Μάρσον ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰς βασιλείαν αὐτῷ διάφορον. [364] ἐγνώκει δὲ πρὸ πάντων ἐπιστεῖλαι τῷ Φάδῳ Καισαρεῦσιν καὶ Σεβαστηνοῖς ἐπιπλῆξαι τῆς εἰς τὸν κατοιχόμενον ὕβρεως καὶ παροινίας εἰς τὰς ἔτι ζώσας, [365] τὴν ἴλην δὲ τῶν Καισαρέων καὶ τῶν Σεβαστηνῶν καὶ τὰς πέντε σπείρας εἰς Πόντον μεταγαγεῖν, ἵν' ἐκεῖ στρατεύοιντο, τῶν δ' ἐν Συρίᾳ Ῥωμαικῶν ταγμάτων ἐπιλέξαι στρατιώτας κατ' ἀριθμοὺς καὶ τὸν ἐκείνων ἀναπληρῶσαι τόπον. [366] οὐ μὴν οἱ κελευσθέντες μετέστησαν: πρεσβευσάμενοι γὰρ Κλαύδιον ἀπεμειλίξαντο καὶ μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐπέτυχον, οἳ καὶ τοῖς ἐπιοῦσι χρόνοις τῶν μεγίστων Ἰουδαίοις ἐγένοντο συμφορῶν ἀρχὴ τοῦ κατὰ Φλῶρον πολέμου σπέρματα βαλόντες. ὅθεν Οὐεσπασιανὸς κρατήσας, ὡς μετ' ὀλίγον ἐροῦμεν, ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς τῆς ἐπαρχίας.
****

360 Agrippa, son of the deceased, was in Rome and had been reared in the company of Claudius Caesar. 361 When Caesar was told that Agrippa was dead and that the people of Sebaste and Caesarea had insulted him, he was sorry to hear it and enraged at their ingratitude. 362 He immediately resolved to send off the younger Agrippa to succeed his father in the kingdom and to confirm it to him on oath. But his freedmen and friends who had the greatest influence on him, dissuaded him from it and said it would be dangerous to put so large a kingdom under the rule of such a young man, who had hardly arrived at the age of discretion, as he could not cope with such a burden of administation, heavy enough for a grown man to bear. 363 Caesar thought what they said was reasonable, so he sent Cuspinus Fadus as procurator of Judea and of the entire kingdom and showed respect to the deceased by not setting Marsus, who had been at variance with him, over his kingdom. 364 But he decided first to send orders to Fadus to punish the people of Caesarea and Sebaste for insulting the deceased and offending the living [his daughters,]
365 and to move the troop of soldiers based in Caesarea and Sebaste, all five regiments, to do military service in Pontus, and choose an equal number of soldiers from the Roman legions in Syria to replace them. 366 However, those who got those orders were not actually moved, for by sending envoys to Claudius, they mollified him and got permission to stay on in Judea. These were the very men who later became the source of great misfortunes to the Jews and sowed the seeds of the war which began under Florus. Therefor, when Vespasian had subdued the country, he moved them out of his province, as we shall later report.